1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
344 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
349 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
350 ing sections of this documentation.
353 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
384 without resorting to configuration files.
385 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
386 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
387 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We'll start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 LyX offers also an advanced
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1211 feature that is described in sec.
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1218 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1227 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1229 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1234 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1241 \begin_layout Section
1243 \begin_inset Index idx
1246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1253 \begin_inset Index idx
1256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1265 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1274 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 or the toolbar button
1286 to undo some mistake.
1287 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1292 or the toolbar button
1299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1306 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1310 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1323 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1324 This is a consequence of the 100
1325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1328 step undo limit, above.
1331 \begin_layout Standard
1340 work on almost everything in LyX.
1341 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1345 \begin_layout Section
1347 \begin_inset Index idx
1350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1359 \begin_layout Standard
1360 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1363 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1373 once anywhere in the edit window.
1374 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1389 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1395 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1398 \begin_layout Itemize
1399 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1401 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1408 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1413 \begin_layout Standard
1414 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1415 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1419 \begin_layout Section
1421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1423 name "sec:Navigating"
1428 \begin_inset Index idx
1431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1449 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1450 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1453 \begin_layout Itemize
1454 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1459 or by the toolbar button
1462 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1468 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1471 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1474 and use the same menu to return to them.
1475 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1482 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1491 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1492 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1493 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1494 your last editing position.
1497 \begin_layout Subsection
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1502 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1510 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1511 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1512 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1513 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1514 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1517 LatexCommand formatted
1518 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1522 ), or notes, or citations (see
1523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1524 LatexCommand formatted
1525 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1530 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1532 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1533 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1534 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1535 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 LatexCommand formatted
1539 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1543 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1545 LatexCommand formatted
1546 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1551 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1556 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1557 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1558 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1559 dialog and to modify the citation.
1560 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1592 option keeps it in the current view state.
1593 Keeping means that when you have e.
1594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1598 \begin_inset space \space{}
1601 the subsections of section
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1605 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1609 3, the subsections of section
1610 \begin_inset space ~
1613 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1618 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1633 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../images/reload.png
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1651 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1652 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1655 \begin_inset space \space{}
1659 \begin_inset Graphics
1660 filename ../images/down.png
1662 groupId toolbarbuttons
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/up.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1686 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1687 So, for example, you can move section
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1695 2.4 or after section
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1700 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1702 \begin_inset Graphics
1703 filename ../images/promote.png
1705 groupId toolbarbuttons
1710 \begin_inset Graphics
1711 filename ../images/demote.png
1713 groupId toolbarbuttons
1717 (or the corresponding key bindings
1725 ) you can change the level of sections.
1726 So you can for example make section
1727 \begin_inset space ~
1731 \begin_inset space ~
1735 \begin_inset space ~
1741 \begin_layout Section
1742 Input / Word Completion
1743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1745 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1750 \begin_inset Index idx
1753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_inset Index idx
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1795 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1797 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1798 is used to propose completions.
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1803 there are completions available.
1804 You can then press the
1808 key to use this completion.
1809 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1810 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1811 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1821 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1824 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1826 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1829 by deselecting the option
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1850 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1851 To accept this proposal, use the
1860 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1861 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1869 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1876 \begin_layout Section
1878 \begin_inset Index idx
1881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1888 \begin_inset Index idx
1891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_inset Index idx
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1954 \begin_layout Standard
1955 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1956 LyX's default is CUA.
1959 \begin_layout Standard
1963 \begin_inset space ~
1971 \begin_inset space ~
1992 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1996 \begin_layout Labeling
1997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2001 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2002 LatexCommand nomenclature
2004 description "Tabulator key"
2010 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2011 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2018 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2029 , especially section
2030 \begin_inset space ~
2034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2036 reference "sub:Lists"
2042 If you're still confused, look in the
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2055 LatexCommand nomenclature
2057 description "Escape key"
2064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2071 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2072 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2075 \begin_layout Labeling
2076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2082 \begin_inset space ~
2086 \begin_inset space ~
2093 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2094 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There are three modifier keys:
2102 \begin_layout Labeling
2103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2121 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2122 LatexCommand nomenclature
2124 description "Control key"
2128 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2129 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2133 \begin_layout Itemize
2142 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2145 \begin_layout Itemize
2154 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2157 \begin_layout Itemize
2166 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2170 \begin_layout Labeling
2171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2189 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2190 LatexCommand nomenclature
2192 description "Shift key"
2196 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2197 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2200 \begin_layout Labeling
2201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2219 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2220 LatexCommand nomenclature
2222 description "Alt or Meta key"
2226 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2227 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2228 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2234 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2236 menu accelerator keys
2239 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2240 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2244 \begin_layout Standard
2245 For example, the sequence
2246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2252 \begin_inset space ~
2256 \begin_inset space ~
2262 \begin_inset space ~
2270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2289 \begin_inset space ~
2295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2310 manual lists all other things bound to the
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2320 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2321 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2322 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2323 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2324 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2325 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2327 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 followed by a capital
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2353 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2361 as explained in sec.
2362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2368 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2375 \begin_layout Chapter
2377 \begin_inset Index idx
2380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 \begin_layout Section
2391 \begin_inset Index idx
2394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2403 \begin_layout Subsection
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2409 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2410 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2411 numbering schemes, and so on.
2412 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2413 and format the title of your document differently.
2416 \begin_layout Standard
2421 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2422 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2423 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2424 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2425 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2428 \begin_layout Standard
2429 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2430 how to adjust their properties.
2433 \begin_layout Subsection
2435 \begin_inset Index idx
2438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2447 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2454 \begin_layout Standard
2455 You can select a class using the
2457 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2458 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2462 \begin_inset Index idx
2465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2472 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2480 \begin_layout Standard
2481 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Article for basic articles
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 Report for basic reports
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Book for writing a book
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Letter for US-style letters
2501 \begin_layout Standard
2502 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2503 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2504 will include many of these.
2505 Here are some of the classes.
2506 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2508 Special Document Classes
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2521 \begin_layout Description
2522 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2531 \begin_layout Description
2532 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2533 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2534 There are three article layouts available.
2535 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2536 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2537 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2538 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2543 sequential numbering
2544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2547 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2548 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2549 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2550 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Beamer Layout for presentations
2557 \begin_layout Description
2558 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2559 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2563 \begin_layout Description
2564 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2567 \begin_layout Description
2569 \begin_inset space ~
2572 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2575 \begin_layout Description
2576 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Foils Used to make transparencies
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2585 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2589 \begin_layout Description
2590 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2591 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2594 \begin_layout Description
2595 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2604 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2605 (Is used by this document.)
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2616 \begin_layout Description
2621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2629 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2631 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 Slides Used to make transparencies
2638 \begin_layout Description
2640 \begin_inset space ~
2643 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2644 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2654 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2660 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2661 of the document classes.
2664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2668 \begin_layout Standard
2669 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2672 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2674 \begin_inset Index idx
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2694 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2695 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2697 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2700 \begin_layout Standard
2702 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2703 and some of them, like
2707 , are highly specialized.
2708 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2709 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2711 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2712 by some document class.
2713 There are just too many of them.
2714 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2717 \begin_layout Standard
2718 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2726 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2727 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2728 document class for a new file.
2729 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2734 Installing new LaTeX files
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 manual for information on how to install them.
2743 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2749 \begin_layout Standard
2750 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2751 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2753 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2754 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2755 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2757 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2760 \begin_inset space ~
2767 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2779 \begin_inset Index idx
2782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2793 chosen document class.
2794 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2795 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2806 \begin_inset Index idx
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2816 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2820 \begin_layout Standard
2821 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2822 always installed by default.
2823 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2824 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2825 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2826 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2827 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2828 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2829 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2832 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2836 \begin_inset Index idx
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2840 Reconfiguration of LyX
2846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2849 Installing new LaTeX files
2850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2857 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2870 LyX will advise you about these things.
2878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2880 \begin_inset Index idx
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2884 Document ! Local Layout
2892 \begin_layout Standard
2893 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2894 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2895 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2896 writing a module for this purpose.
2897 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2898 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2900 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2901 What you want is LyX's
2902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2918 manual for information on how to use it.
2921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2925 \begin_layout Standard
2926 Each class has a default set of options.
2927 Here's a quick table describing them:
2930 \begin_layout Standard
2931 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2939 \begin_inset Tabular
2940 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2941 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3407 \begin_layout Standard
3408 You're probably also wondering what
3409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3413 \begin_inset space ~
3417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3421 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3422 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3427 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3432 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3442 headings, there are also
3450 headings, and so on.
3451 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3452 \begin_inset space ~
3456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3458 reference "sub:Headings"
3465 \begin_layout Subsection
3467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3469 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3474 \begin_inset Index idx
3477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3486 \begin_inset Index idx
3489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3519 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3520 to use for your document.
3521 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3538 \begin_inset space ~
3543 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3544 You can choose between the following five options:
3547 \begin_layout Labeling
3548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3553 Use default page style of current class.
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 No page numbers or headings.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3580 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3581 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3582 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3585 \begin_layout Labeling
3586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3591 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3592 have the LaTeX-package
3597 \begin_inset Index idx
3600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3601 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3607 How they are defined is explained in section
3608 \begin_inset space ~
3612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3614 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3621 \begin_layout Standard
3622 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3623 \begin_inset space ~
3627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3629 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3636 \begin_layout Subsection
3637 Paper Size and Orientation
3638 \begin_inset Index idx
3641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3642 Document ! Paper size
3648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3650 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3657 \begin_layout Standard
3658 You find the following options in the menu
3661 \begin_inset space ~
3668 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3674 \begin_inset Index idx
3677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3686 \begin_layout Labeling
3687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3691 \begin_inset space ~
3696 What size paper to print on.
3701 \begin_layout Itemize
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 \begin_layout Itemize
3725 \begin_layout Itemize
3728 US letter, US legal, US executive
3731 \begin_layout Itemize
3737 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Labeling
3745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3750 To choose whether to output as
3761 \begin_layout Labeling
3762 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3766 \begin_inset space ~
3771 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3772 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3775 \begin_layout Subsection
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3784 \begin_inset Index idx
3787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3794 \begin_inset Index idx
3797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3807 Paper margins are set in the menu
3809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3813 \begin_inset Index idx
3816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3825 \begin_layout Standard
3826 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3827 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3828 the paper format and the font size into account.
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3836 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3841 That includes the paragraph environments.
3842 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3843 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3844 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3845 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3854 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3856 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3857 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3858 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3861 \begin_layout Section
3862 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3863 \begin_inset Index idx
3866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3867 Paragraph ! Indentation
3875 \begin_layout Subsection
3877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3879 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3886 \begin_layout Standard
3887 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3888 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3892 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3893 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3894 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3895 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3899 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3905 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3906 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3907 language than English.
3908 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3912 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3913 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3915 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3916 LyX takes care of that.
3917 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3919 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3920 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3921 of a page, and so on.
3925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3926 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3931 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3932 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3936 of these pre-coded spacings.
3937 We will explain more later.
3940 \begin_layout Subsection
3941 Paragraph Separation
3942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3944 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3949 \begin_inset Index idx
3952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 Paragraph ! Separation
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3962 To separate paragraphs, select
3973 \begin_inset space ~
3980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4011 dialog and toggle the
4014 \begin_inset space ~
4019 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4022 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4026 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4027 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4031 \begin_layout Standard
4032 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4033 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4036 \begin_layout Subsection
4038 \begin_inset Index idx
4041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4042 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4057 \begin_inset Index idx
4060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4082 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4096 installed to use this feature.
4104 \begin_layout Section
4105 Paragraph Environments
4106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4108 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4113 \begin_inset Index idx
4116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 Paragraph ! Environments
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4127 Paragraph environments|(
4135 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4162 \begin_inset Newline newline
4165 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4166 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4167 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4176 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4179 \begin_layout Standard
4180 A paragraph environment is simply a
4181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4188 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4189 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4190 scheme, labels, and so on.
4191 Additionally, you can
4192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4199 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4200 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4201 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4202 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4203 days of typewriters.
4204 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4206 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4211 \begin_inset Graphics
4212 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4218 at the left end of the toolbar.
4219 LyX will change the environment of the
4223 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4224 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4225 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4238 create a new paragraph using the
4242 paragraph environment.
4244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4251 because if you are in one of these environments:
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4301 , rather than resetting it to
4306 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4307 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4308 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4309 \begin_inset space ~
4313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4315 reference "sec:Nesting"
4320 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4325 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4326 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4336 \begin_layout Subsection
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 The default paragraph environment is
4346 It creates a plain paragraph.
4347 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4348 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4349 this manual) are in the
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 You can nest a paragraph using the
4361 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4371 \begin_inset Index idx
4374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 for thanks or contact information.
4394 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4395 page along with today's date.
4396 For other types of documents, the title
4397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4404 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4423 Here's how you use them:
4426 \begin_layout Itemize
4427 Put the title of your document in the
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 Put the author name in the
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4444 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4450 Note that using this environment is optional.
4451 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4452 If you don't want any date, add the line
4453 \begin_inset Newline newline
4463 \begin_inset Newline newline
4466 to the preamble of your document (menu
4468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 You can use footnotes to insert
4476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4483 or contact information.
4486 \begin_layout Subsection
4488 \begin_inset Index idx
4491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4509 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4514 \begin_inset Index idx
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4518 Section headings ! Numbered
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4575 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4576 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4581 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4582 You group the book into chapters.
4583 LyX does similar grouping:
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4591 is divided in either
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4671 Not all document types use the
4675 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4680 is the top-level heading.
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4693 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4694 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4696 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_inset Index idx
4713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4714 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 The unnumbered section headings have a
4724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4731 at the end of their name.
4732 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4733 the table of contents, see section
4734 \begin_inset space ~
4738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4747 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4748 Changing the Numbering
4749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4751 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4758 \begin_layout Standard
4759 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4760 in the Table of Contents.
4761 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4763 Certain classes start with
4777 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4787 This is something you can change.
4790 \begin_layout Standard
4793 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4799 \begin_inset Index idx
4802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4813 \begin_inset space ~
4817 \begin_inset space ~
4822 you'll see two counters.
4827 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4829 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4834 Short Titles of Headings
4835 \begin_inset Index idx
4838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4839 Section headings ! Short titles
4845 \begin_inset Argument
4848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4857 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4864 \begin_layout Standard
4865 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4866 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4867 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4868 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4871 \begin_layout Standard
4872 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4873 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4874 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4875 To specify a short title, use the menu
4877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4879 \begin_inset space ~
4885 This will insert a box labeled
4886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4901 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4902 This also works for captions inside floats.
4905 \begin_layout Standard
4906 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4913 \begin_layout Standard
4914 The following information applies to all section headings:
4917 \begin_layout Itemize
4918 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4921 \begin_layout Itemize
4922 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4925 \begin_layout Itemize
4926 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4929 \begin_layout Itemize
4930 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4933 \begin_layout Subsection
4934 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4952 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4953 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4954 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4955 the text they contain.
4956 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4964 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4977 when you start a new paragraph.
4978 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4982 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4983 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4984 to change back to the
4988 environment yourself.
4991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5008 \begin_inset Index idx
5011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5020 \begin_layout Standard
5021 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5022 time for the differences.
5031 are identical except for one difference:
5035 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5044 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5047 \begin_layout Standard
5048 Here's an example of the
5061 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5063 See – no indentation!
5067 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5068 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5069 the other paragraph.
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 Here's another example, this time in the
5080 \begin_layout Quotation
5086 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5087 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5088 the first line, then
5092 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5096 you were quoting other text.
5099 \begin_layout Quotation
5100 Here's a new paragraph.
5101 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5102 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 As the examples show,
5110 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5111 They should put quotes in the
5116 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5120 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5129 \begin_inset Index idx
5132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5141 \begin_inset Index idx
5144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5165 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5171 \begin_inset Newline newline
5174 Which I did not rehearse!
5178 It could be much worse.
5179 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5181 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5182 indented a bit more than the first.
5183 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5189 \begin_inset Newline newline
5192 And make things look fine
5193 \begin_inset Newline newline
5199 arg "newline-insert newline"
5205 \begin_layout Standard
5210 does not indent both margins.
5211 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5212 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5219 arg "newline-insert newline"
5225 \begin_layout Subsection
5227 \begin_inset Index idx
5230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5246 \begin_layout Standard
5247 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5257 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5266 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5267 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5268 some general features of all four of them.
5271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5278 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5287 reset the environment to
5291 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5292 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5293 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5297 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5300 to break paragraphs.
5303 \begin_layout Standard
5304 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5305 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5307 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5308 you read all of section
5309 \begin_inset space ~
5313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5315 reference "sec:Nesting"
5323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5329 \begin_inset Index idx
5332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5348 \begin_layout Standard
5349 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5353 paragraph environment.
5354 It has the following properties:
5357 \begin_layout Itemize
5358 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5362 \begin_layout Itemize
5363 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5366 \begin_layout Itemize
5367 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5371 \begin_layout Itemize
5372 The items can have any length.
5373 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5374 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5381 \begin_layout Itemize
5386 environment inside another
5390 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5394 \begin_layout Itemize
5395 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5398 \begin_layout Itemize
5399 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5404 \begin_inset space ~
5408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5410 reference "sec:Nesting"
5414 for a full explanation of nesting.
5418 \begin_layout Standard
5419 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5428 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5431 \begin_layout Standard
5432 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5433 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 The label for the first level
5441 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5445 \begin_layout Itemize
5446 The label for the second level is a dash.
5450 \begin_layout Itemize
5451 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5455 \begin_layout Itemize
5456 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5460 \begin_layout Itemize
5461 Back out to the third level.
5465 \begin_layout Itemize
5466 Back to the second level.
5470 \begin_layout Itemize
5471 Back to the outermost level.
5474 \begin_layout Standard
5475 These are the default labels for an
5480 You can customize these labels in the
5482 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5485 dialog in the submenu
5492 \begin_inset Index idx
5495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5505 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5506 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5508 \begin_inset space ~
5512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5514 reference "sec:Nesting"
5521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5527 \begin_inset Index idx
5530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5539 name "sec:Enumerate"
5546 \begin_layout Standard
5551 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5552 It has these properties:
5555 \begin_layout Enumerate
5556 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5566 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 environment resets the counter to one.
5577 \begin_layout Enumerate
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5592 Items can have any length.
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5599 \begin_layout Enumerate
5600 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5603 \begin_layout Enumerate
5604 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5608 \begin_layout Standard
5617 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5618 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 The first level of an
5630 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5644 \begin_layout Enumerate
5645 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5648 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 Back to the third level
5659 \begin_layout Enumerate
5660 Back to the second level.
5664 \begin_layout Enumerate
5665 Back to the outermost level.
5668 \begin_layout Standard
5669 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5674 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5679 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5683 \begin_layout Standard
5684 There is more to nesting
5688 environments than we've stated here.
5689 You should read section
5690 \begin_inset space ~
5694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5696 reference "sec:Nesting"
5700 to learn more about nesting.
5703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5709 \begin_inset Index idx
5712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5721 \begin_layout Standard
5722 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5726 list has no fixed label.
5727 Instead, LyX uses the first
5728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5735 of the first line as the label.
5739 \begin_layout Description
5740 Example: This is an example of the
5747 \begin_layout Standard
5748 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5752 \begin_layout Standard
5754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5761 it is meant that the first hit of the
5765 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5767 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5775 arg "space-insert protected"
5780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5781 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5783 \begin_inset space ~
5789 \begin_inset space ~
5793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5795 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5799 for more info.) Here is an example:
5802 \begin_layout Description
5804 \begin_inset space ~
5807 Example: This one shows how to use a
5810 \begin_inset space ~
5822 \begin_layout Description
5823 Usage: You should use the
5827 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5828 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5830 It's not a good idea to use a
5834 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5835 You're better off using
5847 paragraphs into them.
5850 \begin_layout Description
5851 Nesting: You can nest
5855 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5859 \begin_layout Standard
5860 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5861 them from the first line.
5864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5870 \begin_inset Index idx
5873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5882 \begin_layout Standard
5887 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5890 \begin_layout Standard
5891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5899 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5904 environment is named
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5925 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5926 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5929 \begin_layout Labeling
5930 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5932 \begin_inset space ~
5935 labels LyX uses the first
5936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5943 of each line as the item label.
5948 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5949 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5950 blank as described above.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5955 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5956 the body of the item text.
5957 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5958 label width plus a little extra space.
5962 \begin_layout Labeling
5963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5965 \begin_inset space ~
5968 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5970 If the label width is larger, the label
5971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5978 into the first line.
5979 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5980 margin of the rest of the item text.
5983 \begin_layout Labeling
5984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5986 \begin_inset space ~
5989 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5994 environment have the same left margin.
5995 \begin_inset Newline newline
5998 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6003 \begin_inset space ~
6012 \begin_inset space ~
6017 determines the default label width.
6018 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6027 multiple times instead.
6028 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6037 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6040 \begin_inset space ~
6045 every time you alter a label in a
6050 \begin_inset Newline newline
6053 The predefined default width is the length of
6054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 \begin_inset Newline newline
6067 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6075 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6076 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6084 \begin_layout Standard
6089 environment the same way like the
6093 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6099 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6103 \begin_layout Standard
6108 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6110 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6112 \begin_inset space ~
6116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6118 reference "sec:Nesting"
6122 to learn about nesting.
6125 \begin_layout Standard
6126 There is yet another feature of the
6130 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6132 You can use additional
6136 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6141 are documented in section
6142 \begin_inset space ~
6146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6148 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6153 Here are some examples:
6154 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6160 \begin_layout Labeling
6161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6162 Left The default for
6169 \begin_layout Labeling
6170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6178 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6181 \begin_layout Labeling
6182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6183 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6187 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6194 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6197 \begin_layout Subsection
6199 \begin_inset Index idx
6202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6212 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6215 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6217 in the document settings.
6218 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6223 \begin_inset Index idx
6226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6227 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6236 Custom Enumerate Lists
6237 \begin_inset Index idx
6240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6241 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6249 \begin_layout Standard
6251 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6257 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6258 There you add the command
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 in TeX Code (shortcut
6280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6281 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6282 \begin_inset space ~
6286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6288 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6301 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6308 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6309 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6322 For Arabic numerals use
6330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6337 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6352 \begin_layout Standard
6354 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6362 You can only number 26
6363 \begin_inset space ~
6366 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6374 \begin_layout Standard
6375 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6376 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6379 \begin_layout Standard
6380 As example a list with custom numbering:
6383 \begin_layout Enumerate
6384 \begin_inset Argument
6387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6413 \begin_layout Enumerate
6414 \begin_inset Argument
6417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 \begin_layout Enumerate
6446 \begin_inset Argument
6449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6474 \begin_inset Argument
6477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6503 \begin_layout Standard
6504 For this list these commands were used:
6507 \begin_layout Standard
6518 \begin_inset Newline newline
6526 \begin_inset Newline newline
6534 \begin_inset Newline newline
6544 \begin_layout Standard
6551 makes the label emphasized and
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6569 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6570 lists until you change the definition.
6578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6580 \begin_inset Index idx
6583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6584 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6592 \begin_layout Standard
6593 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6596 \begin_layout Enumerate
6597 \begin_inset Argument
6600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6619 \begin_inset Note Note
6622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6623 goes back to default numbering
6631 \begin_layout Enumerate
6635 \begin_layout Standard
6639 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6643 \begin_layout Standard
6644 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6649 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6650 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6662 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6670 \begin_layout Standard
6671 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6673 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6674 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6675 of a normal new enumeration.
6676 There insert the command
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6685 \begin_layout Standard
6690 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6694 \begin_layout Enumerate
6698 \begin_layout Enumerate
6702 \begin_layout Standard
6703 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6706 \begin_layout Enumerate
6707 \begin_inset Argument
6710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6726 This enumeration starts at 4
6729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6731 \begin_inset Index idx
6734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6744 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6746 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6749 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 \begin_layout Itemize
6754 with standard spacing
6757 \begin_layout Standard
6758 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6760 There add the command
6764 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6767 \begin_layout Itemize
6768 \begin_inset Argument
6771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6790 \begin_layout Itemize
6794 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6805 \begin_inset Index idx
6808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6809 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6815 For more info see its documentation,
6816 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6825 \begin_layout Standard
6826 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6828 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6829 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6833 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6837 \begin_inset Argument
6840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6848 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6861 \begin_layout Enumerate
6862 with negative indentation
6865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6866 Further Customization
6867 \begin_inset Index idx
6870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6879 \begin_layout Standard
6880 You can also change the style of description lists.
6884 \begin_layout Standard
6890 \begin_layout Standard
6891 changes the description label font, the command
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6900 \begin_layout Standard
6901 sets the list style.
6904 \begin_layout Standard
6905 An example where the command
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6913 itshape, style=nextline
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6920 \begin_layout Description
6922 \begin_inset space ~
6926 \begin_inset Argument
6929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6935 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6937 itshape, style=nextline
6947 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6948 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6952 \begin_layout Description
6954 \begin_inset space ~
6957 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6958 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6959 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6963 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6969 \begin_inset Index idx
6972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6973 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6979 For more info see its documentation,
6980 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6989 \begin_layout Subsection
6991 \begin_inset Index idx
6994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7011 \begin_inset space ~
7019 \begin_layout Standard
7020 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7028 \begin_inset space ~
7034 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7035 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7036 In contrast, you can use the
7043 \begin_inset space ~
7048 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7049 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7053 \begin_layout Standard
7054 Of course, you're not limited to using
7061 \begin_inset space ~
7070 \begin_inset space ~
7075 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7076 some European academic papers.
7079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7083 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7090 \begin_layout Standard
7095 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7096 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7100 \begin_inset space ~
7105 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7106 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7107 Here's an example of each:
7110 \begin_layout Right Address
7112 \begin_inset Newline newline
7116 \begin_inset Newline newline
7120 \begin_inset Newline newline
7123 When is it? What is today?
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7130 \begin_inset space ~
7136 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7137 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7138 Here's an example of the
7145 \begin_layout Address
7147 \begin_inset Newline newline
7150 Where do I send this
7151 \begin_inset Newline newline
7154 Your post office and country
7157 \begin_layout Standard
7158 As you can see, both
7165 \begin_inset space ~
7170 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7175 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7181 This makes sense, since
7189 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7190 Thus, you have to use
7197 arg "newline-insert newline"
7203 \begin_inset space ~
7206 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7208 \begin_inset space ~
7217 menu) to start a new line in an
7224 \begin_inset space ~
7232 \begin_layout Subsection
7236 \begin_layout Standard
7237 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7238 or list of references.
7239 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7246 \begin_inset Index idx
7249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7258 \begin_layout Standard
7263 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7264 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7265 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7266 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7270 in anything else or vice versa.
7276 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7277 The book document classes ignores the
7281 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7285 in a letter document class.
7288 \begin_layout Standard
7293 environment does several things for you.
7294 First, it puts the centered label
7295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7303 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7305 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7306 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7307 the subsequent text.
7308 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7309 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7312 \begin_layout Standard
7313 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7317 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7318 The new paragraph will still be in the
7323 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7324 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7328 \begin_inset Float figure
7333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7335 \begin_inset Graphics
7336 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7344 \begin_inset Caption
7346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7349 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7370 \begin_layout Standard
7371 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7375 environment, but since this document is in the
7376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7383 class, we can't do this.
7384 We inserted it therefore as figure
7385 \begin_inset space ~
7389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7391 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7396 If you've never heard of an
7397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7404 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7413 \begin_inset Index idx
7416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7425 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7437 environment is used to list references.
7438 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7439 only use it at the end of the document.
7444 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7447 \begin_layout Standard
7448 When you first open a
7452 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7468 depending on the document class.
7469 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7470 Each paragraph of the
7474 environment is a bibliography entry.
7479 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7480 Each new paragraph is still in the
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7489 by using a BibTeX database.
7490 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7491 phy handling, have a look at in section
7492 \begin_inset space ~
7496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7498 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7505 \begin_layout Subsection
7509 \begin_inset Index idx
7512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7513 Paragraph ! LyX code
7519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7528 \begin_layout Standard
7533 environment is another LyX extension.
7534 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7539 key as a fixed whitespace;
7543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7555 \begin_inset space ~
7560 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7565 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7566 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7569 arg "newline-insert newline"
7586 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7587 So, when you finish using the
7591 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7592 Also, you can nest the
7596 environment inside of others.
7599 \begin_layout Standard
7600 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7603 \begin_layout Itemize
7607 arg "newline-insert newline"
7610 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7615 \begin_inset space \space{}
7625 arg "newline-insert newline"
7631 \begin_layout Itemize
7635 arg "newline-insert newline"
7646 \begin_layout Itemize
7651 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7658 \begin_layout Itemize
7662 arg "space-insert protected"
7669 \begin_layout Itemize
7670 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7671 You must put at least one
7675 in any line you want blank.
7676 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7679 \begin_layout Itemize
7680 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7684 since that will insert
7689 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7692 arg "self-insert \""
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7702 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7710 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7714 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7718 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 printf("Hello World!
7724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7732 \begin_layout Standard
7733 This is just the standard
7734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7745 \begin_layout Standard
7750 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7751 rc-files, and so on.
7752 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7753 as if you used a typewriter.
7754 \begin_inset Index idx
7757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7758 Paragraph environments|)
7763 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7766 Program Code Listings
7771 \begin_inset space ~
7779 \begin_layout Section
7780 Nesting Environments
7781 \begin_inset Index idx
7784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7785 Nesting ! Environments
7791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7800 \begin_layout Subsection
7804 \begin_layout Standard
7805 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7807 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7809 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7811 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7823 \begin_layout Enumerate
7827 \begin_layout Enumerate
7832 \begin_layout Enumerate
7836 \begin_layout Enumerate
7841 \begin_layout Enumerate
7845 \begin_layout Standard
7846 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7847 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7850 \begin_inset space ~
7854 \begin_inset space ~
7862 \begin_inset space ~
7866 \begin_inset space ~
7875 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7876 will tell you how far you are nested).
7877 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7880 arg "depth-increment"
7886 arg "depth-decrement"
7889 or the convenient key bindings
7900 arg "depth-increment"
7906 arg "depth-decrement"
7909 to change the nesting level.
7910 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7911 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7915 \begin_layout Standard
7916 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7917 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7918 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7919 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7922 \begin_layout Standard
7923 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7924 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7926 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7929 \begin_layout Subsection
7930 What You Can and Can't Nest
7933 \begin_layout Standard
7934 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7935 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7938 \begin_layout Standard
7939 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7940 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7941 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7944 \begin_layout Itemize
7945 Completely unnestable
7948 \begin_layout Itemize
7949 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7953 \begin_layout Itemize
7954 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7958 \begin_layout Standard
7959 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7960 environments have them:
7963 \begin_layout Description
7964 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7965 Can't nest into them.
7969 \begin_layout Itemize
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7981 \begin_layout Itemize
7987 \begin_layout Itemize
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
8000 \begin_layout Description
8002 \begin_inset space ~
8005 Nestable You can nest them.
8006 You can nest other things into them.
8010 \begin_layout Itemize
8016 \begin_layout Itemize
8022 \begin_layout Itemize
8028 \begin_layout Itemize
8034 \begin_layout Itemize
8040 \begin_layout Itemize
8046 \begin_layout Itemize
8052 \begin_layout Itemize
8059 \begin_layout Description
8060 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8061 You can't nest anything into them.
8065 \begin_layout Itemize
8071 \begin_layout Itemize
8077 \begin_layout Itemize
8083 \begin_layout Itemize
8089 \begin_layout Itemize
8095 \begin_layout Itemize
8101 \begin_layout Itemize
8107 \begin_layout Itemize
8113 \begin_layout Itemize
8119 \begin_layout Itemize
8125 \begin_layout Itemize
8131 \begin_layout Itemize
8137 \begin_layout Itemize
8143 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_inset space ~
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8160 \begin_layout Standard
8161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8169 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8178 \begin_inset space ~
8182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8186 \begin_inset space \space{}
8189 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8190 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8191 section headings violate this.
8199 \begin_layout Subsection
8200 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8201 \begin_inset Index idx
8204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8205 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8213 \begin_layout Standard
8214 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8215 affected by nesting anyhow.
8219 \begin_layout Itemize
8223 \begin_layout Itemize
8227 \begin_layout Itemize
8231 \begin_layout Standard
8233 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8241 Figures and tables in
8245 are not affected by this.
8250 Have a look at section
8251 \begin_inset space ~
8255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8257 reference "sec:Floats"
8261 for more information about
8268 \begin_layout Standard
8269 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8270 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8274 \begin_layout Standard
8275 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8283 of its own, it behaves just like a
8284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8291 paragraph environment.
8292 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8296 \begin_layout Standard
8297 Here's an example with a table:
8300 \begin_layout Enumerate
8305 \begin_layout Enumerate
8306 This is (a) and it's nested.
8310 \begin_layout Standard
8311 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8317 \begin_layout Standard
8319 \begin_inset Tabular
8320 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8321 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8407 \begin_layout Standard
8408 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8415 \begin_layout Enumerate
8417 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8421 \begin_layout Enumerate
8425 \begin_layout Standard
8426 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8434 \begin_layout Enumerate
8435 This is (a) and it's nested.
8439 \begin_layout Standard
8440 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8446 \begin_layout Standard
8448 \begin_inset Tabular
8449 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8450 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8536 \begin_layout Standard
8537 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8543 \begin_layout Enumerate
8550 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8553 \begin_layout Enumerate
8557 \begin_layout Standard
8558 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8562 \begin_layout Standard
8563 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8565 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8568 \begin_layout Enumerate
8573 \begin_layout Enumerate
8574 This is (a) and it's nested.
8577 \begin_layout Standard
8578 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8584 \begin_layout Standard
8586 \begin_inset Tabular
8587 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8588 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8589 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8590 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8675 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8681 \begin_layout Enumerate
8683 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8691 \begin_layout Enumerate
8695 \begin_layout Standard
8696 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8702 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8703 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8707 \begin_layout Subsection
8708 Usage and General Features
8711 \begin_layout Standard
8712 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8721 is the innermost possible depth.
8722 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8725 \begin_layout Enumerate
8726 level #1 – outermost
8730 \begin_layout Enumerate
8735 \begin_layout Enumerate
8740 \begin_layout Enumerate
8745 \begin_layout Itemize
8750 \begin_layout Itemize
8759 \begin_layout Standard
8760 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8761 both of them in the example.
8762 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8772 For example, if we tried to nest another
8777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8784 , we would get errors.
8787 \begin_layout Subsection
8789 \begin_inset Index idx
8792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8802 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8803 We have several examples of nested environments.
8804 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8809 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8812 \begin_layout Labeling
8813 \labelwidthstring MMM
8814 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8823 \begin_layout Labeling
8824 \labelwidthstring MMM
8825 #2-a This is level #2.
8826 We created it by using
8829 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8835 arg "depth-increment"
8842 \begin_layout Labeling
8843 \labelwidthstring MMM
8844 #3-a This is level #3.
8845 This time, we just hit
8852 arg "depth-increment"
8856 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8860 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8866 arg "depth-increment"
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8878 environment, nested inside of
8879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8887 So, it's at level #4.
8888 We did this by hitting
8891 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8897 arg "depth-increment"
8900 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8905 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8921 \begin_layout Standard
8926 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8929 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8935 \begin_layout Labeling
8936 \labelwidthstring MMM
8937 #4-a This is level #4.
8941 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8944 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8949 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8953 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8958 keep nesting things inside
8959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8970 \begin_layout Labeling
8971 \labelwidthstring MMM
8972 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8977 \begin_layout Labeling
8978 \labelwidthstring MMM
8979 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8980 and this is level #6.
8981 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8985 \begin_layout Labeling
8986 \labelwidthstring MMM
8987 #5-b Back to level #5.
8991 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8997 arg "depth-decrement"
9004 \begin_layout Labeling
9005 \labelwidthstring MMM
9009 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9015 arg "depth-decrement"
9018 , we're back at level #4.
9022 \begin_layout Labeling
9023 \labelwidthstring MMM
9024 #3-b Back to level #3.
9025 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9029 \begin_layout Labeling
9030 \labelwidthstring MMM
9031 #2-b Back to level #2.
9036 \begin_layout Labeling
9037 \labelwidthstring MMM
9038 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9039 After this sentence, we'll hit
9043 and change the paragraph environment back to
9050 \begin_layout Standard
9051 We could have also used the
9067 environment in place of the
9072 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9076 Example 2: Inheritance
9079 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9080 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9083 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9092 arg "depth-increment"
9095 , after which, we'll change to the
9103 \begin_layout Enumerate
9108 environment, at level #2.
9111 \begin_layout Enumerate
9112 Notice how the nested
9116 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9120 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9124 \begin_layout Standard
9125 We ended this example by hitting
9130 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9134 and reset the nesting depth by using
9137 arg "depth-decrement"
9143 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9144 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9153 \begin_inset Argument
9156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9157 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9165 \begin_layout Enumerate
9166 This is level #1, in an
9170 paragraph environment.
9171 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9175 \begin_layout Enumerate
9180 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9186 arg "depth-increment"
9190 Now, what happens if we nest an
9194 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9195 label be? An asterisk?
9199 \begin_layout Itemize
9209 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9210 So, its label is a bullet.
9211 (We got here by using
9214 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9220 arg "depth-increment"
9223 , then changing the environment to
9231 \begin_layout Itemize
9232 Here's level #4, produced using
9235 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9241 arg "depth-increment"
9245 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9250 \begin_layout Enumerate
9251 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9253 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9258 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9262 , because we are in the
9271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9290 \begin_layout Enumerate
9295 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9296 type of numbering does LyX use?
9299 \begin_layout Enumerate
9300 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9303 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9306 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9309 \begin_layout Enumerate
9313 arg "depth-decrement"
9316 to decrease the depth after the next
9319 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9326 \begin_layout Enumerate
9328 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9332 \begin_layout Enumerate
9334 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9335 numeral as the label.Why?
9338 \begin_layout Enumerate
9339 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9348 Notice, however, that LyX
9352 reset the counter for the label.
9356 \begin_layout Enumerate
9360 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9366 arg "depth-decrement"
9369 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9370 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9371 into the twofold-nested
9379 \begin_layout Enumerate
9380 The same thing happens if we do another
9383 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9389 arg "depth-decrement"
9392 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9395 \begin_layout Standard
9396 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9401 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9415 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9421 The same rule applies for the
9425 environment, as well.
9428 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9429 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9432 \begin_layout Enumerate
9433 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9434 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9435 same detail with how we did it.
9444 \begin_layout Standard
9452 arg "depth-increment"
9459 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9460 example in parentheses someplace.
9461 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9462 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9463 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9467 \begin_layout Enumerate
9472 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9477 Now we'll add verse.
9478 \begin_inset Newline newline
9481 It will get much worse.
9482 \begin_inset Newline newline
9492 arg "depth-increment"
9503 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9504 \begin_inset Newline newline
9507 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9508 \begin_inset Newline newline
9514 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9527 \begin_layout Standard
9528 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9534 \begin_layout Standard
9536 \begin_inset Tabular
9537 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9538 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9629 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9639 arg "depth-increment"
9645 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9655 arg "depth-decrement"
9662 \begin_layout Enumerate
9667 : level #1) This is another item.
9668 Note that selecting a
9672 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9673 3 times to put the table inside the
9681 \begin_layout Quotation
9682 We're now ending the
9686 list and changing to
9691 We're still at level #1.
9692 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9693 The next set of paragraphs is a
9694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9708 \begin_inset space ~
9713 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9717 for the letter body.
9721 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9724 to preserve the depth.
9725 Remember that you need to use
9728 arg "newline-insert newline"
9731 to create multiple lines inside the
9738 \begin_inset space ~
9748 \begin_layout Right Address
9750 \begin_inset Newline newline
9753 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9754 \begin_inset Newline newline
9760 \begin_layout Address
9762 \begin_inset space ~
9768 \begin_layout Quotation
9769 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9773 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9774 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9775 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9776 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9777 as soon as possible.
9778 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9781 \begin_layout Quotation
9782 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9783 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9784 with your order, along with payment.
9787 \begin_layout Quotation
9788 We thank you again for your patience.
9791 \begin_layout Address
9793 \begin_inset Newline newline
9800 \begin_layout Quotation
9801 That ends that example!
9804 \begin_layout Standard
9805 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9806 just a few keystrokes.
9807 We could have easily nested an
9828 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9831 \begin_layout Section
9832 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9833 \begin_inset Index idx
9836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9846 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9847 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9848 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9849 be broken at the end of a line.
9850 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9854 \begin_layout Subsection
9856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9858 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9863 \begin_inset Index idx
9866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9875 \begin_layout Standard
9876 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9878 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9882 Further documentation is given in section
9883 \begin_inset Newline newline
9887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9889 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9897 \begin_layout Standard
9898 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9913 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9922 A protected space is set with
9924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9925 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9939 arg "space-insert protected"
9945 \begin_layout Subsection
9947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9949 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9954 \begin_inset Index idx
9957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9958 Spacing ! Horizontal
9966 \begin_layout Standard
9967 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9970 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9974 The length units are listed in Appendix
9975 \begin_inset space ~
9979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9981 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9992 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9997 \begin_inset Index idx
10000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10001 Spaces ! Inter-word
10009 \begin_layout Standard
10011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10015 \begin_inset space \space{}
10018 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10019 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10020 \begin_inset space ~
10024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10026 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10031 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10032 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10035 arg "space-insert normal"
10041 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10045 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10050 \begin_inset Index idx
10053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10062 \begin_layout Standard
10064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10071 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10080 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10081 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10082 inside abbreviations:
10085 \begin_layout Quote
10087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10091 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10094 \begin_layout Standard
10095 or between values and units.
10096 Compare for example this:
10097 \begin_inset Newline newline
10101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10105 \begin_inset Newline newline
10108 10 kg (normal space
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10112 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10115 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10117 \begin_inset space ~
10125 arg "space-insert thin"
10131 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10135 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10142 \begin_layout Standard
10143 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10146 \begin_layout Description
10148 \begin_inset space ~
10152 \begin_inset space ~
10155 space A line with a
10156 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10160 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10164 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10167 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10180 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10184 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10188 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10192 \begin_inset space ~
10196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10199 em) space between the arrows.
10202 \begin_layout Description
10204 \begin_inset space ~
10208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10212 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10216 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10220 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10224 \begin_inset space ~
10228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10231 em) space between the arrows.
10234 \begin_layout Description
10236 \begin_inset space ~
10240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10244 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10248 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10252 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10256 \begin_inset space ~
10260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10263 em) space between the arrows.
10266 \begin_layout Description
10268 \begin_inset space ~
10272 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10276 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10281 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10288 cm space between the arrows.
10291 \begin_layout Standard
10293 \begin_inset space ~
10297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10299 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10303 lists the different space sizes.
10306 \begin_layout Standard
10307 \begin_inset Float table
10312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10314 \begin_inset Caption
10316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10319 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10323 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10333 \begin_inset Tabular
10334 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10335 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10560 \begin_inset Index idx
10563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10572 \begin_layout Standard
10573 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10574 in a uniform fashion.
10575 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10576 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10577 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10578 equally between themselves.
10582 \begin_layout Standard
10583 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10586 \begin_layout Quote
10588 This is on the left side
10589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10592 This is on the right
10595 \begin_layout Quote
10598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10602 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10608 \begin_layout Quote
10611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10615 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10625 \begin_layout Standard
10626 That was an example in the
10632 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10640 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10643 is one in a standard paragraph.
10644 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10648 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10651 \begin_layout Standard
10652 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10655 \begin_inset space ~
10660 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10665 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10677 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10687 \begin_layout Standard
10689 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10693 \begin_inset space ~
10699 \begin_layout Standard
10701 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10705 \begin_inset space ~
10711 \begin_layout Standard
10713 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10717 \begin_inset space ~
10723 \begin_layout Standard
10725 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10729 \begin_inset space ~
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10744 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10748 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10749 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10750 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10754 option in the space dialog.
10762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10766 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10771 \begin_inset Index idx
10774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10783 \begin_layout Standard
10784 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10790 \begin_inset space \space{}
10793 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10800 What is correct English?:
10801 \begin_inset Newline newline
10805 \begin_inset Newline newline
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10812 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10813 \begin_inset Newline newline
10817 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10828 \begin_inset Newline newline
10832 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10843 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10849 \begin_layout Standard
10850 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10855 \begin_inset space ~
10859 \begin_inset space ~
10863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10867 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10870 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10874 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10880 \begin_inset space ~
10884 \begin_inset space ~
10888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10891 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10900 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10901 That is why it is named
10902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10910 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10911 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10915 \begin_layout Subsection
10917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10919 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10924 \begin_inset Index idx
10927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10936 \begin_layout Standard
10937 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10940 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10942 \begin_inset space ~
10948 There you find the following sizes:
10951 \begin_layout Standard
10964 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10969 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10975 \begin_inset Index idx
10978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10979 Document ! Settings
10984 for the paragraph separation.
10985 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10996 \begin_layout Standard
11002 \begin_inset Index idx
11005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11011 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11012 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11014 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11015 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11024 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11033 s are described in section
11034 \begin_inset space ~
11038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11040 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11049 If there are several
11053 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11054 You can therefore use
11058 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11061 \begin_layout Standard
11066 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11067 \begin_inset space ~
11071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11073 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11080 \begin_layout Standard
11081 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11091 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11092 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11104 \begin_layout Subsection
11105 Paragraph Alignment
11108 \begin_layout Standard
11109 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11115 There are five possibilities:
11118 \begin_layout Itemize
11126 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11132 \begin_layout Itemize
11140 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11146 \begin_layout Itemize
11154 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11160 \begin_layout Itemize
11168 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11174 \begin_layout Itemize
11182 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11188 \begin_layout Standard
11189 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11190 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11191 the left and right margins.
11192 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11197 This paragraph is right aligned,
11200 \begin_layout Standard
11202 this one is centered,
11205 \begin_layout Standard
11207 this one is left aligned.
11210 \begin_layout Subsection
11212 \begin_inset Index idx
11215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11216 Page breaks ! Forced
11222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11224 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11231 \begin_layout Standard
11232 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11233 can force a page break where you want one.
11234 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11235 Only if you use a lot of
11239 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11242 \begin_layout Standard
11243 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11244 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11248 have to change the page breaking.
11251 \begin_layout Standard
11252 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11254 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11257 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11259 \begin_inset space ~
11265 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11268 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11270 \begin_inset space ~
11275 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11277 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11278 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11281 \begin_layout Standard
11282 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11283 at the top of a page.
11284 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11285 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11286 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11287 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11291 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11295 to learn more about
11302 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11306 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11311 \begin_inset Index idx
11314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11315 Page breaks ! Clear
11323 \begin_layout Standard
11324 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11325 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11326 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11327 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11328 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11331 \begin_layout Standard
11332 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11335 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11337 \begin_inset space ~
11343 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11346 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11348 \begin_inset space ~
11352 \begin_inset space ~
11357 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11358 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11361 \begin_layout Subsection
11363 \begin_inset Index idx
11366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11375 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11382 \begin_layout Standard
11383 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11385 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11388 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11390 \begin_inset space ~
11394 \begin_inset space ~
11402 arg "newline-insert newline"
11406 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11409 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11411 \begin_inset space ~
11415 \begin_inset space ~
11420 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11422 This is necessary to avoid
11423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11430 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11433 \begin_layout Standard
11434 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11435 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11436 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11437 set a line break, e.
11438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11442 \begin_inset space \space{}
11445 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11446 \begin_inset space ~
11450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11452 reference "sec:Quote"
11457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11459 reference "sec:Verse"
11464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11466 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11473 \begin_layout Subsection
11475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11477 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11482 \begin_inset Index idx
11485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11494 \begin_layout Standard
11496 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11507 \begin_layout Standard
11510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11511 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11513 \begin_inset space ~
11518 you can insert horizontal lines.
11519 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11520 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11521 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11524 \begin_layout Standard
11526 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11537 \begin_layout Section
11538 Characters and Symbols
11541 \begin_layout Standard
11542 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11543 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11548 \begin_inset space \space{}
11551 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11559 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11563 for information on how this is done.
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11567 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11572 dialog via the menu
11574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11575 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11581 \begin_layout Standard
11582 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11590 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11591 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11592 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11600 \begin_layout Section
11601 Fonts and Text Styles
11602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11604 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11611 \begin_layout Subsection
11613 \begin_inset Index idx
11616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11625 \begin_layout Standard
11626 There are two types of fonts:
11629 \begin_layout Description
11631 \begin_inset space ~
11635 \begin_inset Index idx
11638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11644 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11649 characters) in the font.
11650 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11651 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11652 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11653 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11654 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11655 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11656 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11657 \begin_inset Newline newline
11660 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11661 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11662 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11663 sizes than at small ones.
11664 \begin_inset Newline newline
11678 \begin_inset space ~
11686 \begin_layout Description
11688 \begin_inset space ~
11692 \begin_inset Index idx
11695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11701 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11702 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11703 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11704 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11705 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11706 picture manipulation program.
11707 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11708 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11709 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11710 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11711 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11713 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11714 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11715 \begin_inset Newline newline
11718 Bitmap fonts are named
11721 \begin_inset space ~
11726 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11729 \begin_layout Standard
11730 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11731 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11732 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11733 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11734 use scalable fonts.
11737 \begin_layout Standard
11738 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11739 its document properties.
11742 \begin_layout Standard
11743 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11744 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11745 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11746 font to emphasize text, you use an
11747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11755 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11756 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11760 \begin_layout Subsection
11762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11764 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11771 \begin_layout Standard
11772 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11773 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11774 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11776 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11777 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11778 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11779 to usual word processors.
11780 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11781 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11782 across different machines.
11783 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11784 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11786 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11788 \begin_inset space ~
11792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11794 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11799 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11800 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11804 \begin_layout Standard
11805 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11806 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11807 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11808 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11809 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11810 that is installed on your system.
11811 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11814 \begin_layout Standard
11815 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11823 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11824 es; so you might have to experiment.
11832 \begin_layout Standard
11833 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11841 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11842 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11850 \begin_layout Subsection
11851 Document Font and Font size
11852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11854 name "sub:Document-Font"
11859 \begin_inset Index idx
11862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11869 \begin_inset Index idx
11872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11881 \begin_layout Standard
11882 You can set the document fonts in the
11884 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11888 \begin_inset Index idx
11891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11892 Document ! Settings
11902 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11903 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11906 \begin_inset space ~
11915 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11916 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11920 \begin_layout Standard
11927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11936 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11937 This requires that you use
11943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11982 as output format, i.
11983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11987 \begin_inset space ~
11990 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11991 \begin_inset space ~
11995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11997 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12002 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12004 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12006 \begin_inset space ~
12009 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12010 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12011 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12013 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12016 \begin_layout Standard
12017 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12022 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12027 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12028 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12035 \begin_inset space ~
12041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12054 European Computer Modern
12057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12064 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12067 \begin_layout Standard
12076 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12077 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12082 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12085 \begin_inset space ~
12090 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12096 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12097 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12100 \begin_layout Itemize
12104 \begin_inset space ~
12109 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12122 \begin_inset space ~
12127 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12131 as the default font.
12132 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12133 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12136 \begin_inset space ~
12149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12150 One difference is improved kerning.
12158 \begin_layout Itemize
12162 \begin_inset space ~
12166 \begin_inset space ~
12171 fonts in (the rare) case that
12174 \begin_inset space ~
12179 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12194 Virtual means that it
12195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12206 -glyphs from other fonts.
12207 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12229 Loading the LaTeX-package
12234 \begin_inset Index idx
12237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12238 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12243 with the document preamble line
12244 \begin_inset Newline newline
12251 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12252 \begin_inset Newline newline
12257 will fix the guillemet problem.
12262 and that accented characters are not
12266 glyph, but build of
12270 characters, the accent and the letter.
12271 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12277 If you search for example for the French word
12278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12285 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12294 and not for the glyph
12295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12299 \begin_inset space ~
12303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12309 \begin_layout Itemize
12310 If you do not like the look of
12318 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12323 \begin_inset space ~
12329 \begin_inset space ~
12339 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12340 \begin_inset space ~
12343 serif and typewriter fonts
12347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12348 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12355 \begin_inset space ~
12364 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12369 \begin_inset space \space{}
12377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12381 \begin_inset space \space{}
12387 \begin_inset space ~
12395 \begin_inset space ~
12405 , but you can also select your own.
12406 \begin_inset Newline newline
12409 The differences between roman,
12412 \begin_inset space ~
12421 fonts are explained in section
12422 \begin_inset space ~
12426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12428 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12433 \begin_inset Newline newline
12439 \begin_inset space ~
12444 was originally designed for newspapers.
12445 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12446 into the small newspaper columns.
12450 \begin_inset space ~
12455 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12458 \begin_layout Standard
12459 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12472 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12477 depends on the class you are using.
12478 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12481 \begin_layout Standard
12482 Note that the font size is the
12487 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12488 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12489 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12492 \begin_inset space ~
12498 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12499 \begin_inset space ~
12503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12505 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12512 \begin_layout Standard
12517 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12519 \begin_inset space ~
12522 serif or typewriter.
12527 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12537 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12540 \begin_layout Standard
12549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12558 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12564 \begin_inset space ~
12568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12570 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12575 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12576 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12583 \begin_layout Standard
12584 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12586 Use Old Style Figures
12590 Use True Small Caps
12593 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12596 Use Old Style Figures
12598 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12604 \begin_inset space ~
12607 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12610 Use True Small Caps
12612 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12613 of scaled capitals.
12614 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12615 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12618 \begin_layout Standard
12623 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12624 a font to display the script characters.
12628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12629 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12634 So this has no effect for the document language
12650 \begin_layout Standard
12651 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12655 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12663 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12667 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12668 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12669 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12671 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12674 dialog, see section
12675 \begin_inset space ~
12679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12681 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12693 \begin_layout Subsection
12694 Using Different Character Styles
12695 \begin_inset Index idx
12698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12705 \begin_inset Index idx
12708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12717 \begin_layout Standard
12718 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12719 certain paragraph environments.
12720 LyX supports two character styles,
12729 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12733 \begin_layout Standard
12738 style, do one of the following:
12741 \begin_layout Itemize
12742 click on the toolbar button
12751 \begin_layout Itemize
12752 use the key binding
12761 \begin_layout Standard
12762 These commands are all toggles.
12767 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12770 \begin_layout Standard
12771 One typically uses the
12775 style for proper names.
12777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12784 is the original author of LyX.
12785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 A more widely used character style is the
12797 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12804 \begin_layout Itemize
12805 clicking on the toolbar button
12814 \begin_layout Itemize
12815 using the keybindings
12824 \begin_layout Standard
12829 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12830 es use a different font.
12833 \begin_layout Standard
12834 We've been using the
12838 style all over the place in this document.
12839 Here's one more example:
12842 \begin_layout Quotation
12845 Don't overuse character styles!
12848 \begin_layout Standard
12849 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12850 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12851 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12852 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12856 \begin_layout Standard
12857 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12865 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12867 \begin_inset space ~
12875 \begin_layout Subsection
12876 Fine-Tuning with the
12881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12883 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12888 \begin_inset Index idx
12891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12900 \begin_layout Standard
12901 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12902 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12903 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12904 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12905 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12906 from ordinary dialog.
12909 \begin_layout Standard
12910 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12911 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12912 \begin_inset Newline newline
12915 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12916 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12920 To use custom character styles, open the
12922 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12924 \begin_inset space ~
12927 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12931 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12932 font property which you can choose.
12933 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12936 \begin_inset space ~
12941 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12946 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12947 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12948 environments in a snap.
12951 \begin_layout Standard
12952 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12955 \begin_inset space ~
12967 \begin_layout Labeling
12968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12982 The possible options are:
12986 \begin_layout Labeling
12987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12992 This is the Roman font family.
12993 Normally a serif font.
12994 It's also the default family.
13004 \begin_layout Labeling
13005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13009 \begin_inset space ~
13016 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13028 \begin_layout Labeling
13029 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13036 This is the Typewriter font family.
13042 arg "font-typewriter"
13051 \begin_layout Labeling
13052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13057 This corresponds to the print weight.
13062 \begin_layout Labeling
13063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13068 This is the Medium font series.
13069 It's also the default series.
13072 \begin_layout Labeling
13073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13080 This is the Bold font series.
13093 \begin_layout Labeling
13094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13099 As the name implies.
13104 \begin_layout Labeling
13105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13110 This is the Upright font shape.
13111 It's also the default shape.
13114 \begin_layout Labeling
13115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13129 s the Italic font shape
13135 \begin_layout Labeling
13136 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13143 This is the Slanted font shape
13145 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13148 \begin_layout Labeling
13149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13153 \begin_inset space ~
13160 This is the Small caps font shape
13167 \begin_layout Labeling
13168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13173 Alters the size of the font.
13174 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13175 nal to the document font size.
13176 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13177 what you want to do.
13182 \begin_layout Labeling
13183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13204 arg "font-size tiny"
13210 \begin_layout Labeling
13211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13232 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13238 \begin_layout Labeling
13239 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13260 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13266 \begin_layout Labeling
13267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13288 arg "font-size small"
13294 \begin_layout Labeling
13295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13309 It's also the default size.
13313 arg "font-size normal"
13319 \begin_layout Labeling
13320 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13341 arg "font-size large"
13347 \begin_layout Labeling
13348 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13369 arg "font-size larger"
13375 \begin_layout Labeling
13376 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13397 arg "font-size largest"
13403 \begin_layout Labeling
13404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13425 arg "font-size huge"
13431 \begin_layout Labeling
13432 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13453 arg "font-size giant"
13459 \begin_layout Labeling
13460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13465 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13485 arg "font-size increase"
13491 \begin_layout Labeling
13492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13497 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13517 arg "font-size decrease"
13524 \begin_layout Standard
13529 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13530 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13531 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13532 — use that instead.
13533 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13536 \begin_layout Labeling
13537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13542 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13547 \begin_layout Labeling
13548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13555 This is text with emphasize on
13558 This might seem like the same as
13562 , but it is actually a bit different.
13568 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13570 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13573 \begin_layout Labeling
13574 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13581 This is text with Underbar on.
13587 arg "font-underline"
13593 \begin_inset Newline newline
13598 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13599 when you couldn't change fonts.
13600 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13601 It's only included in LyX because some people
13605 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13608 \begin_layout Labeling
13609 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13613 \begin_inset space ~
13620 This is text with Double underbar on.
13626 arg "font-underunderline"
13630 \begin_inset Newline newline
13633 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13634 about double underbar.
13637 \begin_layout Labeling
13638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13642 \begin_inset space ~
13649 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13655 arg "font-underwave"
13659 \begin_inset Newline newline
13662 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13663 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13666 \begin_layout Labeling
13667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13674 This is text with Strikeout on.
13680 arg "font-strikeout"
13683 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13687 \begin_layout Labeling
13688 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13695 This is text with Noun on.
13702 , this is a logical attribute.
13703 Normally it's equivalent to
13706 \begin_inset space ~
13715 \begin_layout Labeling
13716 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13721 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13722 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13726 \begin_inset space ~
13731 , which is the default
13732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13739 and means normally black, you can choose between
13772 \begin_inset Index idx
13775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13784 \begin_layout Labeling
13785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13790 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13791 the language of the document.
13792 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13796 \begin_layout Standard
13797 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13798 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13800 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13802 \begin_inset space ~
13807 dialog, the settings are saved.
13808 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13811 arg "textstyle-apply"
13815 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13820 \begin_layout Standard
13821 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13828 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13829 (suppose you just set the shape to
13830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13848 \begin_inset space ~
13860 \begin_layout Standard
13861 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13869 \begin_inset space ~
13881 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13894 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13912 \begin_inset Newline newline
13916 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13930 \begin_inset Note Note
13933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13934 For more on phantoms see section
13935 \begin_inset space ~
13939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13941 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13951 \begin_inset Newline newline
13957 \begin_layout Itemize
13962 fonts use characters with serifs.
13963 These are the small
13964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13971 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13972 The following example will show the difference:
13973 \begin_inset Newline newline
13977 \begin_inset Newline newline
13982 text without serifs
13985 \begin_inset Newline newline
13988 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13989 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13996 \begin_layout Itemize
14002 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14003 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14006 \begin_layout Standard
14007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14014 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14015 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14016 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14018 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14019 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14020 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14038 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14046 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14055 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14105 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14108 \begin_layout Section
14109 Printing and Previewing
14112 \begin_layout Subsection
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14118 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14119 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14120 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14121 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14123 Additional Features
14128 \begin_layout Standard
14129 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14130 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14131 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14132 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14133 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14134 This happens in two stages:
14137 \begin_layout Enumerate
14138 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14139 generating a file with the extension,
14140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 \begin_layout Enumerate
14155 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14159 file to produce printable output.
14163 \begin_layout Subsection
14164 Output file formats
14165 \begin_inset Index idx
14168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14177 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14185 Simple text (ASCII)
14186 \begin_inset Index idx
14189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14190 File formats ! ASCII
14198 \begin_layout Standard
14199 This file type has the extension
14200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14212 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14216 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14223 \begin_layout Standard
14224 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14226 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14227 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14229 \begin_inset space ~
14236 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14237 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14239 \begin_inset space ~
14243 \begin_inset space ~
14249 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14255 \begin_inset Index idx
14258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14259 File formats ! LaTeX
14267 \begin_layout Standard
14268 This file type has the extension
14269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14280 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14282 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14283 it manually with console commands.
14284 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14285 you view or export your document.
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14289 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14291 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14292 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14311 \begin_inset Index idx
14314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14323 \begin_layout Standard
14324 This file type has the extension
14325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14345 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14346 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14347 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14351 \begin_layout Standard
14352 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14353 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14354 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14355 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14357 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14363 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14364 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14369 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14370 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14372 \begin_inset space ~
14379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14389 The latter option uses the program
14398 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14399 font access (see section
14400 \begin_inset space ~
14404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14406 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14411 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14415 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14417 \begin_inset Index idx
14420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14421 File formats ! PostScript
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14430 This file type has the extension
14431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14443 PostScript was developed by the company
14447 as a printer language.
14448 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14450 PostScript can be seen as a
14451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14454 programming language
14455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14458 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14463 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14469 \begin_inset Index idx
14472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14483 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14486 \begin_layout Standard
14487 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14491 Encapsulated PostScript
14492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14495 (EPS, file extension
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14508 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14509 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14514 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14515 \begin_inset space ~
14518 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14519 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14520 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14521 EPS to avoid this problem.
14524 \begin_layout Standard
14525 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14527 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14528 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14536 \begin_inset Index idx
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14546 \begin_inset Index idx
14549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14558 \begin_layout Standard
14559 This file type has the extension
14560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14576 Portable Document Format
14577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 was derived from PostScript.
14585 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14594 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14595 looks exactly the same.
14598 \begin_layout Standard
14599 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14603 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14607 (JPG, file extension
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14635 Portable Network Graphics
14636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14639 (PNG, file extension
14640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14653 in the background to one of these formats.
14654 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14655 will slow down your workflow.
14656 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14659 \begin_layout Standard
14660 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14662 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14665 in three different ways:
14668 \begin_layout Description
14669 PDF This uses the program
14673 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14674 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14678 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14679 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14682 \begin_layout Description
14684 \begin_inset space ~
14687 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14691 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14695 \begin_layout Description
14697 \begin_inset space ~
14700 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14704 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14707 \begin_layout Description
14709 \begin_inset space ~
14716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14723 X) This uses the program
14727 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14732 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14733 font access (see section
14734 \begin_inset space ~
14738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14740 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14745 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14746 y written Japanese.
14749 \begin_layout Description
14751 \begin_inset space ~
14758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14765 X) This uses the program
14769 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14774 is an even newer engine, derived from
14778 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14779 access (see section
14780 \begin_inset space ~
14784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14786 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14791 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14795 \begin_layout Standard
14796 We recommend to use
14799 \begin_inset space ~
14808 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14809 works without problems.
14810 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14811 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14815 \begin_inset space ~
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14834 \begin_inset space ~
14841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14850 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14858 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14860 \begin_inset Index idx
14863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14864 FileFormats ! XHTML
14870 \begin_inset Index idx
14873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14882 \begin_layout Standard
14883 This file type has the extension
14884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14896 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14897 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14898 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14899 suitable for the purpose.
14900 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14901 it, but not all do.
14904 \begin_layout Standard
14905 XHTML output remains
14906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14913 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14918 LyX and the World Wide Web
14919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14924 Additional Features
14926 manual, for more information.
14929 \begin_layout Standard
14930 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14932 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14933 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14939 \begin_layout Subsection
14941 \begin_inset Index idx
14944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14953 \begin_layout Standard
14954 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14955 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14964 or the toolbar button
14971 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14972 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14973 \begin_inset space ~
14977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14979 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14983 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14985 \begin_inset space ~
14989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14991 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14996 Further output formats can be selected via
14998 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15001 or the toolbar button
15002 \begin_inset Graphics
15003 filename ../images/view-others.png
15005 groupId toolbarbuttons
15012 \begin_layout Standard
15013 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15014 viewer window using the menu
15016 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15021 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15022 Update (Other Formats)
15027 \begin_layout Standard
15028 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15030 To have a real output, export your document.
15033 \begin_layout Subsection
15034 Printing the File from within LyX
15035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15037 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15044 \begin_layout Standard
15045 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15046 it directly from within LyX.
15047 To print a file, select the menu
15049 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15052 or click on the toolbar button
15055 arg "dialog-show print"
15059 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15060 This file is then processed by the program
15064 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15069 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15072 \begin_layout Standard
15073 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15074 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15075 printing one set to print on the other side.
15076 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15077 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15078 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15081 \begin_layout Standard
15082 You can set the parameters in the
15085 \begin_inset space ~
15093 \begin_layout Labeling
15094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15099 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15104 Note that this printer name is for the program
15113 has to be configured for this printer name.
15114 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15115 \begin_inset space ~
15119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15121 reference "sub:Printer"
15130 The printer should understand PostScript.
15133 \begin_layout Labeling
15134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15139 The name of a file to print to.
15140 The output will be a PostScript file.
15141 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15145 \begin_layout Section
15146 A few Words about Typography
15147 \begin_inset Index idx
15150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15159 \begin_layout Subsection
15161 \begin_inset Index idx
15164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15186 character comes in four lengths: the
15198 , and the minus sign:
15199 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15205 \begin_layout Standard
15206 \begin_inset Tabular
15207 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15208 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15209 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15210 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15211 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15212 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15241 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15281 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15308 \begin_inset space ~
15311 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15318 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15345 \begin_inset space ~
15348 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15369 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15403 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15409 \begin_layout Standard
15410 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15422 character multiple times in a row.
15423 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15424 the final output, but not in LyX.
15426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15456 \begin_layout Standard
15457 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15458 math mode and has a length of its own.
15459 Here are some examples of the
15460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15474 \begin_layout Enumerate
15475 line- and page-breaks
15476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15486 \begin_layout Enumerate
15488 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15498 \begin_layout Enumerate
15499 Oh — there's a dash.
15500 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15510 \begin_layout Enumerate
15511 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15515 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15525 \begin_layout Subsection
15527 \begin_inset Index idx
15530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15539 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15546 \begin_layout Standard
15547 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15548 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15553 \begin_inset Index idx
15556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15557 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15562 following the rules of the document language.
15565 \begin_layout Standard
15566 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15571 font and with unusual constructs, like
15572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15580 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15582 This is done with the menu
15584 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15585 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15587 \begin_inset space ~
15593 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15594 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15597 \begin_layout Standard
15598 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15599 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15609 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15617 as a hyphenation possibility.
15618 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15619 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15620 as described in section
15621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15624 Prevent Hyphenation
15625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15631 \begin_inset space ~
15639 \begin_layout Subsection
15641 \begin_inset Index idx
15644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15654 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15657 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15664 \begin_layout Standard
15665 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15666 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15667 LaTeX then adds the
15668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15671 appropriate amount of space
15672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15676 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15678 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15681 \begin_layout Standard
15682 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15683 not work in all cases.
15685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15696 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15697 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15700 \begin_layout Standard
15701 Here are some examples of
15705 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15708 \begin_layout Itemize
15713 \begin_layout Itemize
15718 \begin_layout Standard
15719 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15722 \begin_layout Itemize
15724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15728 this is too much space!
15731 \begin_layout Itemize
15736 \begin_layout Standard
15737 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15740 \begin_layout Standard
15741 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15744 \begin_layout Enumerate
15748 \begin_inset space ~
15753 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15754 \begin_inset space ~
15758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15760 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15765 \begin_inset Index idx
15768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15769 Spaces ! inter-word
15777 \begin_layout Enumerate
15781 \begin_inset space ~
15786 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15787 \begin_inset space ~
15791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15793 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15798 \begin_inset Index idx
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15810 \begin_layout Enumerate
15814 \begin_inset space ~
15818 \begin_inset space ~
15822 \begin_inset space ~
15829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15831 \begin_inset space ~
15836 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15837 This function is also bound to
15840 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15846 \begin_layout Standard
15847 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15850 \begin_layout Itemize
15852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15856 \begin_inset space \space{}
15859 this is too much space!
15862 \begin_layout Itemize
15863 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15867 \begin_layout Standard
15868 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15869 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15870 will take care of this.
15873 \begin_layout Standard
15874 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15878 \begin_inset space ~
15883 feature described in section
15889 Additional Features
15894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15896 \begin_inset Index idx
15899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15900 Typography ! Quotes
15906 \begin_inset Index idx
15909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15940 \begin_layout Standard
15941 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15942 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15943 and use a closing quote at the end.
15945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15953 The keyboard character,
15957 , generates this automatically.
15960 \begin_layout Standard
15961 You can change the behavior of the
15965 key using the submenu
15971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15975 \begin_inset Index idx
15978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15979 Document ! Settings
15987 \begin_layout Standard
15988 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15993 There are six choices:
15996 \begin_layout Labeling
15997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16009 Use quotes like this
16010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16018 \begin_inset Quotes els
16022 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16028 \begin_layout Labeling
16029 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16032 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16036 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16042 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16046 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16050 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16056 \begin_layout Labeling
16057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16060 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16064 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16070 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16074 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16078 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16082 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16088 \begin_layout Labeling
16089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16092 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16096 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16102 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16106 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16110 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16114 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16120 \begin_layout Labeling
16121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16124 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16128 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16134 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16138 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16142 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16146 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16152 \begin_layout Labeling
16153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16156 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16160 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16166 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16170 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16174 \begin_inset Quotes als
16178 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16184 \begin_layout Standard
16185 These settings affect what character the
16192 \begin_layout Subsection
16194 \begin_inset Index idx
16197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 Typography ! Ligatures
16204 \begin_inset Index idx
16207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16238 name "sub:Ligatures"
16245 \begin_layout Standard
16246 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16247 print them as single characters.
16248 These groups are known as
16253 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16255 Here are the standard ligatures:
16258 \begin_layout Itemize
16262 \begin_layout Itemize
16266 \begin_layout Itemize
16270 \begin_layout Itemize
16274 \begin_layout Itemize
16278 \begin_layout Standard
16279 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16282 \begin_layout Standard
16283 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16284 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16292 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16308 To break a ligature, use
16310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16311 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16313 \begin_inset space ~
16320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16331 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16348 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16356 \begin_layout Subsection
16358 \begin_inset Index idx
16361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16370 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16377 \begin_layout Standard
16378 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16379 characters in different sizes and heights.
16380 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16381 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16401 \begin_inset Note Note
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16405 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16413 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16414 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16419 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16423 \begin_layout Description
16424 LyX The name of the game, write
16425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16446 \begin_layout Description
16447 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16469 \begin_layout Description
16470 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16492 \begin_layout Description
16493 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16515 \begin_layout Standard
16516 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16521 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16529 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16530 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16531 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16534 : The actual version is
16535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16542 , the previous one was
16543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16553 \begin_layout Standard
16554 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16559 \begin_inset space \space{}
16562 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16564 This will look in LyX like:
16565 \begin_inset Graphics
16566 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16572 \begin_inset Newline newline
16575 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16576 \begin_inset space ~
16580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16582 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16589 \begin_layout Subsection
16591 \begin_inset Index idx
16594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 \begin_layout Standard
16604 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16605 space between two words.
16606 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16616 for units use the menu
16618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16619 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16621 \begin_inset space ~
16629 arg "space-insert thin"
16635 \begin_layout Standard
16636 Here is an example to show the differences:
16639 \begin_layout Standard
16640 \begin_inset Tabular
16641 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16642 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16643 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16644 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16651 \begin_inset space ~
16655 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16667 space between number and unit
16674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16683 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16695 half space between number and unit
16708 \begin_layout Subsection
16710 \begin_inset Index idx
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16714 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16722 \begin_layout Standard
16723 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16725 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16726 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16727 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16728 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16729 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16730 These bits of text became known as
16741 \begin_layout Standard
16742 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16743 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16744 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16745 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16746 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16747 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16748 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16751 \begin_layout Standard
16752 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16753 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16754 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16755 \begin_inset space ~
16759 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16761 key "latexcompanion"
16766 \begin_inset space ~
16770 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16776 ) may have more information.
16777 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16780 \begin_layout Chapter
16781 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16784 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16791 \begin_layout Standard
16792 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16795 \begin_inset space ~
16801 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16804 \begin_layout Section
16806 \begin_inset Index idx
16809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16825 \begin_layout Standard
16826 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16829 \begin_layout Description
16831 \begin_inset space ~
16834 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16835 \begin_inset Newline newline
16839 \begin_inset Note Note
16842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16851 \begin_layout Description
16852 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16853 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16855 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16856 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16857 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16860 \begin_inset Newline newline
16864 \begin_inset Note Comment
16867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16876 \begin_layout Description
16878 \begin_inset space ~
16881 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16882 \begin_inset Newline newline
16886 \begin_inset Newline newline
16890 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16899 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16900 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16901 How this can be done is explained in the
16904 \begin_inset space ~
16914 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16920 \begin_inset Newline newline
16924 \begin_inset Newline newline
16927 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16928 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16931 \begin_layout Standard
16932 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16944 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16947 \begin_layout Section
16949 \begin_inset Index idx
16952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16961 name "sec:Footnotes"
16968 \begin_layout Standard
16969 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16975 or the toolbar button
16978 arg "footnote-insert"
16990 \begin_inset Graphics
16991 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17000 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17029 label, the box will
17033 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17034 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17047 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17063 \begin_layout Standard
17064 Here's an example footnote:
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17073 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17081 \begin_layout Standard
17082 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17083 position where the footnote box is placed.
17084 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17085 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17086 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17087 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17088 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17093 ey are described in the
17096 \begin_inset space ~
17104 \begin_layout Section
17106 \begin_inset Index idx
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17118 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17125 \begin_layout Standard
17126 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17127 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17131 \begin_inset space ~
17136 or the toolbar button
17139 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17165 appearing within your text.
17166 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17175 \begin_layout Standard
17176 At the side is an example marginal note.
17180 \begin_inset Marginal
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 This is a marginal note.
17192 \begin_layout Standard
17193 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17194 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17195 pages, right on odd pages.
17198 \begin_layout Section
17199 Graphics and Images
17200 \begin_inset Index idx
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 \begin_inset Index idx
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17222 name "sec:Graphics"
17229 \begin_layout Standard
17230 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17231 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17234 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17243 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17246 \begin_layout Standard
17247 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17252 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17253 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17255 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17256 \begin_inset space ~
17260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17262 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17269 \begin_layout Standard
17274 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17275 of the image in the output.
17276 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17280 \begin_inset space ~
17284 \begin_inset space ~
17293 \begin_inset space ~
17297 \begin_inset space ~
17301 \begin_inset space ~
17306 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17307 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17315 \begin_layout Standard
17318 LaTeX and LyX options
17320 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17321 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17325 \begin_inset space ~
17330 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17331 with the image size is printed.
17335 \begin_inset space ~
17339 \begin_inset space ~
17343 \begin_inset space ~
17348 is explained in the
17351 \begin_inset space ~
17363 \begin_layout Standard
17364 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17365 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17367 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17371 \begin_layout Standard
17373 \begin_inset Graphics
17374 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17382 \begin_layout Standard
17383 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17384 the image into a float, see section
17385 \begin_inset space ~
17389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17391 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17398 \begin_layout Subsection
17400 \begin_inset Index idx
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17412 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17419 \begin_layout Standard
17420 You can insert images in any known file format.
17421 But as we explained in section
17422 \begin_inset space ~
17426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17428 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17432 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17433 LyX uses therefore the program
17437 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17438 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17439 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17440 \begin_inset space ~
17444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17446 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17453 \begin_layout Standard
17454 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17457 \begin_layout Description
17459 \begin_inset space ~
17462 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17463 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17464 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17468 Graphics Interchange Format
17469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17472 (GIF, file extension
17473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17485 \begin_inset Index idx
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17520 Portable Network Graphics
17521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17524 (PNG, file extension
17525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17537 \begin_inset Index idx
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17572 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17576 (JPG, file extension
17577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17601 \begin_inset Index idx
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 \begin_layout Description
17637 \begin_inset space ~
17640 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17642 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17643 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17644 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17645 \begin_inset Newline newline
17648 Scalable image formats can be
17649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17652 Scalable Vector Graphics
17653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17656 (SVG, file extension
17657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17669 \begin_inset Index idx
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17704 Encapsulated PostScript
17705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17708 (EPS, file extension
17709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17721 \begin_inset Index idx
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17756 Portable Document Format
17757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17760 (PDF, file extension
17761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17773 \begin_inset Index idx
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17784 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17785 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17799 \begin_layout Standard
17800 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17804 \begin_layout Subsection
17805 Grouping of Image Settings
17806 \begin_inset Index idx
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 Images ! Settings grouping
17818 \begin_layout Standard
17819 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17821 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17822 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17824 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17825 need to manually change each of them.
17829 \begin_layout Standard
17830 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17833 \begin_inset space ~
17838 field in the Graphics dialog.
17839 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17840 by checking the name of the desired group.
17843 \begin_layout Section
17845 \begin_inset Index idx
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17864 \begin_layout Standard
17865 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17868 arg "tabular-insert"
17873 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17877 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17878 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17879 from the rest of the table.
17880 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17881 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17883 Here is an example table:
17886 \begin_layout Standard
17888 \begin_inset Tabular
17889 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17890 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 \begin_layout Subsection
18098 \begin_layout Standard
18099 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18100 brings up the table dialog.
18101 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18102 where the cursor is placed currently.
18103 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18104 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18105 done on all of your selection.
18108 \begin_layout Standard
18109 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18112 \begin_inset space ~
18117 helps you in setting table properties.
18118 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18121 \begin_layout Standard
18125 \begin_inset space ~
18130 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18131 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18132 current cell respectively.
18133 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18135 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18136 of text, see section
18137 \begin_inset space ~
18141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18143 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18150 \begin_layout Standard
18151 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18152 using the check box
18161 This will merge the cells to
18165 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18166 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18167 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18168 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18169 in the last row without the upper border:
18172 \begin_layout Standard
18174 \begin_inset Tabular
18175 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18176 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18177 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18178 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18179 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18180 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 \begin_layout Standard
18312 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18313 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18314 explained in the tables section of the
18317 \begin_inset space ~
18323 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18327 degrees counterclockwise.
18328 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18331 \begin_layout Standard
18332 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 Most DVI-viewers are
18344 able to display rotations.
18352 \begin_layout Standard
18357 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18362 adds lines for all cell borders.
18365 \begin_layout Subsection
18367 \begin_inset Index idx
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 Tables ! Longtables
18377 \begin_inset Index idx
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 \begin_layout Standard
18390 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18393 \begin_inset space ~
18397 \begin_inset space ~
18406 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18407 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18410 \begin_layout Description
18415 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18416 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18417 except for the first page, if
18420 \begin_inset space ~
18428 \begin_layout Description
18432 \begin_inset space ~
18437 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18438 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18441 \begin_layout Description
18446 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18447 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18448 except for the last page, if
18451 \begin_inset space ~
18459 \begin_layout Description
18463 \begin_inset space ~
18468 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18469 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18472 \begin_layout Description
18473 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18474 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18480 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18483 \begin_inset space ~
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18493 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18494 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18495 The others will then be defined as
18500 In this context, first means first in this order:
18503 \begin_inset space ~
18515 \begin_inset space ~
18521 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18524 \begin_layout Standard
18526 \begin_inset Tabular
18527 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18528 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18529 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18530 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18531 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18532 <row endfirsthead="true">
18533 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18544 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18553 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <row endfirsthead="true">
18564 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18596 <row endhead="true">
18597 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <row endhead="true">
18628 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <row endfoot="true">
18661 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19682 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19961 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20023 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20054 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20085 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20116 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20147 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20209 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20240 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20271 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20426 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20488 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20519 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20581 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20612 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20642 <row endlastfoot="true">
20643 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20654 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20663 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20680 \begin_layout Subsection
20682 \begin_inset Index idx
20685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20694 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20701 \begin_layout Standard
20702 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20703 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20704 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20705 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20709 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20710 for the cell's paragraph.
20713 \begin_layout Standard
20714 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20715 for the column in the table dialog.
20716 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20717 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20721 \begin_layout Standard
20723 \begin_inset Tabular
20724 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20725 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20727 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20728 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20748 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20817 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 This is longer now.
20878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20929 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20930 This is longer now.
20935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20961 \begin_layout Standard
20962 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20963 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20968 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20969 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20975 Selection with the mouse or with
20979 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20980 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20981 the selection from outside the table.
20984 \begin_layout Section
20986 \begin_inset Index idx
20989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21005 \begin_layout Subsection
21009 \begin_layout Standard
21010 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21011 have a fixed location.
21013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21020 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21028 \begin_inset space ~
21033 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21034 too many notes on the page.
21037 \begin_layout Standard
21038 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21039 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21040 and pages without text.
21041 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21042 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21043 Floats are therefore numbered.
21044 Referencing is described in section
21045 \begin_inset space ~
21049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21051 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21058 \begin_layout Standard
21059 To insert a float, use the menu
21061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21065 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21066 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21068 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21069 \begin_inset Index idx
21072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21078 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21079 paragraph within the float.
21080 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21081 by left-clicking on the box label.
21082 A closed float box looks like this:
21083 \begin_inset Graphics
21084 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21089 – a gray button with a red label.
21092 \begin_layout Standard
21093 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21094 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21097 \begin_layout Subsection
21101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21105 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21110 \begin_inset Index idx
21113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21114 Floats ! Figure floats
21122 \begin_layout Standard
21124 \begin_inset space ~
21128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21130 reference "cap:Platypus"
21134 was created using the menu
21136 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21137 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21140 or the toolbar button
21143 arg "float-insert figure"
21147 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21150 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21153 or the toolbar button
21156 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21160 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21161 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21163 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21165 \begin_inset space ~
21170 or the toolbar button
21173 arg "layout-paragraph"
21179 \begin_layout Standard
21180 \begin_inset Float figure
21185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21187 \begin_inset Graphics
21188 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21198 \begin_inset Caption
21200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21203 name "cap:Platypus"
21207 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21221 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21223 As described in section
21224 \begin_inset space ~
21228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21230 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21234 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21239 or the toolbar button
21245 and refer to it using the menu
21247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21250 or the toolbar button
21253 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21257 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21266 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21278 \begin_layout Standard
21279 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21280 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21281 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21282 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21283 as described in section
21284 \begin_inset space ~
21288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21290 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21296 \begin_inset space ~
21300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21302 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21306 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21307 You can also set the images one below the other.
21309 \begin_inset space ~
21313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21315 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21322 reference "fig:Platypus"
21326 are the subfigures.
21329 \begin_layout Standard
21330 \begin_inset Float figure
21335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21336 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21340 \begin_inset Float figure
21345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21346 \begin_inset Caption
21348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21351 name "fig:Undefinable"
21363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21364 \begin_inset Graphics
21365 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21376 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21380 \begin_inset Float figure
21385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21386 \begin_inset Caption
21388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21391 name "fig:Platypus"
21403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21404 \begin_inset Graphics
21405 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21417 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21424 \begin_inset Caption
21426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21429 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21433 Two distorted images.
21446 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21448 \begin_inset Index idx
21451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21452 Floats ! Table floats
21460 \begin_layout Standard
21461 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21464 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21467 or the toolbar botton
21470 arg "float-insert table"
21474 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21477 \begin_inset space ~
21481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21483 reference "cap:Table-float"
21490 \begin_layout Standard
21491 \begin_inset Float table
21496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21497 \begin_inset Caption
21499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21502 name "cap:Table-float"
21514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21516 \begin_inset Tabular
21517 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21518 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21648 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21669 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21672 \end{array}\right]$
21680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21693 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21714 \begin_layout Subsection
21716 \begin_inset Index idx
21719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21728 \begin_layout Standard
21729 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21730 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21731 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21733 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21741 \begin_inset space ~
21749 \begin_layout Section
21751 \begin_inset Index idx
21754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21763 name "sec:Minipages"
21770 \begin_layout Standard
21771 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21773 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21774 \begin_inset space ~
21781 \begin_layout Standard
21782 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21784 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21788 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21789 and its alignment within the page.
21792 \begin_layout Standard
21794 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21804 height_special "totalheight"
21807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21810 This is a minipage.
21811 The text is set in an italic style.
21814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21817 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21818 another formatting.
21826 \begin_layout Standard
21827 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21830 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21834 as described in section
21835 \begin_inset space ~
21839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21841 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21846 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21852 \begin_layout Standard
21853 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21863 height_special "totalheight"
21866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21867 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21868 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21874 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21878 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21888 height_special "totalheight"
21891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21892 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21893 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21901 \begin_layout Standard
21902 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21908 \begin_layout Standard
21909 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21910 to other box types.
21911 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21918 \begin_inset space ~
21926 \begin_layout Chapter
21927 Mathematical Formulas
21928 \begin_inset Index idx
21931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21938 \begin_inset Index idx
21941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21972 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21979 \begin_layout Standard
21980 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21985 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21988 \begin_layout Section
21990 \begin_inset Index idx
21993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22002 \begin_layout Standard
22003 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22010 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22012 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22013 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22014 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22022 \begin_layout Standard
22023 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22027 \begin_inset space ~
22032 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22035 \begin_layout Standard
22036 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22037 line, like this one:
22040 \begin_layout Standard
22041 This is a line with an inline formula
22042 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22048 \begin_layout Standard
22049 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22051 \begin_inset Formula
22058 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22061 \begin_layout Standard
22062 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22068 \begin_inset space \space{}
22072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22085 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22086 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22090 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22093 \begin_inset space ~
22101 \begin_layout Subsection
22102 Navigating in Formulas
22103 \begin_inset Index idx
22106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22115 \begin_layout Standard
22116 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22117 achieved with the arrow keys.
22118 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22119 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22124 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22125 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22129 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22133 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22136 \end{array}\right]$
22144 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22149 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22150 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22153 \begin_layout Standard
22158 , printed in this document as
22159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22180 \begin_inset Note Note
22183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22184 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22185 space character (visible space).
22190 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22191 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22192 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22197 For example, if you want
22198 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22252 , since in the latter case only the
22255 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22260 will be under the square root sign:
22261 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22267 \begin_layout Standard
22268 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22270 \begin_inset Formula
22272 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22281 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22282 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22285 \begin_layout Subsection
22289 \begin_layout Standard
22290 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22291 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22295 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22296 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22297 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22298 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22299 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22302 \begin_layout Subsection
22303 Exponents and Subscripts
22304 \begin_inset Index idx
22307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 \begin_inset Index idx
22317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22326 \begin_layout Standard
22327 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22328 way is to use a command.
22330 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22333 , type in a formula
22339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22355 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22361 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22365 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22386 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22395 , you have to use an extra
22399 to separate the hat and the character.
22401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22405 \begin_inset space \space{}
22409 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22430 Subscripts are similar: To get
22431 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22454 \begin_layout Subsection
22456 \begin_inset Index idx
22459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22468 \begin_layout Standard
22469 Create a fraction with either the command
22476 \begin_inset Graphics
22477 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22485 \begin_inset space ~
22491 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22492 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22493 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22498 To move back up, press
22503 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22504 \begin_inset Formula
22506 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22509 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22517 \begin_layout Subsection
22519 \begin_inset Index idx
22522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22531 \begin_layout Standard
22532 Roots can be created using the
22535 \begin_inset space ~
22541 \begin_inset Graphics
22542 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22544 groupId toolbarbuttons
22567 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22573 produces always a square root.
22576 \begin_layout Subsection
22577 Operators with Limits
22578 \begin_inset Index idx
22581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22588 \begin_inset Index idx
22591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22600 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22607 \begin_layout Standard
22609 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22613 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22616 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22617 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22618 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22619 The sum operator will automatically place its
22620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22627 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22630 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22634 \begin_inset Formula
22636 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22641 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22645 \begin_layout Standard
22646 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22648 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22649 behind the operator and hitting
22657 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22658 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22660 \begin_inset space ~
22664 \begin_inset space ~
22672 \begin_layout Standard
22673 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22681 feature as addition, such as
22682 \begin_inset Index idx
22685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22692 \begin_inset Formula
22694 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22699 which will place the
22700 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22712 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22713 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22719 \begin_layout Standard
22720 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22727 Have a look at section
22728 \begin_inset space ~
22732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22734 reference "sub:Functions"
22738 for an explanation of function macros.
22741 \begin_layout Subsection
22743 \begin_inset Index idx
22746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22755 \begin_layout Standard
22756 Most math symbols can be found in the
22759 \begin_inset space ~
22764 under one of several categories; including
22781 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22785 \begin_layout Standard
22786 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22787 you don't have to use the
22790 \begin_inset space ~
22795 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22796 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22799 \begin_layout Subsection
22801 \begin_inset Index idx
22804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22813 \begin_layout Standard
22814 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22819 arg "space-insert protected"
22825 \begin_inset space ~
22831 \begin_inset Graphics
22832 filename ../images/math/space.png
22834 groupId toolbarbuttons
22839 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22840 For example, the sequence
22845 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22849 \begin_inset Graphics
22850 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22855 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22856 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22857 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22858 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22860 Here are two examples:
22863 \begin_layout Standard
22873 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22879 \begin_layout Standard
22889 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22895 \begin_layout Subsection
22897 \begin_inset Index idx
22900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22909 name "sub:Functions"
22916 \begin_layout Standard
22920 \begin_inset space ~
22925 contains under the button
22926 \begin_inset Graphics
22927 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22929 groupId toolbarbuttons
22933 a number of function macros, such as
22934 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22938 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22946 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22953 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22954 avoid confusions, because
22955 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22959 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22965 \begin_layout Standard
22966 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22968 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22972 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22979 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22980 s are placed, as described in section
22981 \begin_inset space ~
22985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22987 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22994 \begin_layout Subsection
22996 \begin_inset Index idx
22999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23008 \begin_layout Standard
23009 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23011 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23012 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23017 \begin_inset space \space{}
23021 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23024 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23025 Our example is entered by typing
23033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23046 \begin_inset space ~
23050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23052 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23056 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23059 \begin_layout Standard
23060 \begin_inset Float table
23065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23066 \begin_inset Caption
23068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23071 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23075 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23085 \begin_inset Tabular
23086 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23087 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23089 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23174 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23228 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23282 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23336 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23390 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23444 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23552 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23606 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23672 \begin_layout Standard
23673 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23676 \begin_inset space ~
23682 \begin_inset Graphics
23683 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23685 groupId toolbarbuttons
23689 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23693 \begin_layout Section
23694 Brackets and Delimiters
23695 \begin_inset Index idx
23698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23705 \begin_inset Index idx
23708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23717 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23724 \begin_layout Standard
23725 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23726 For most purposes, using just the keys
23731 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23732 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23733 toolbar delimiter icon
23736 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23740 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23742 \begin_inset Formula
23744 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23752 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23753 \begin_inset Formula
23755 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23763 \begin_layout Standard
23764 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23765 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23768 \begin_layout Standard
23769 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23770 left side and right side.
23771 If you use the option
23774 \begin_inset space ~
23779 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23780 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23781 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23782 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23785 \begin_layout Standard
23786 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23787 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23788 inside the brackets.
23789 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23794 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23797 \begin_layout Section
23798 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23799 \begin_inset Index idx
23802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23809 \begin_inset Index idx
23812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23819 \begin_inset Index idx
23822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23823 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23831 \begin_layout Standard
23832 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23835 \begin_inset space ~
23841 \begin_inset Graphics
23842 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23844 groupId toolbarbuttons
23849 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23850 Here is an example:
23851 \begin_inset Formula
23853 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23862 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23863 \begin_inset space ~
23867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23869 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23874 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23875 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23876 This alignment is set in the box
23881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23929 for every column as default.
23930 For example, the sequence
23931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23942 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23943 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23944 corresponds to the relevant column.
23945 The result will look like this:
23946 \begin_inset Formula
23949 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23950 column & has & has\, right\\
23951 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23960 \begin_layout Standard
23961 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23964 arg "newline-insert newline"
23967 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23968 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23970 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23973 or the math toolbar.
23976 \begin_layout Standard
23977 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23978 It can be created with the menu
23980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23981 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23983 \begin_inset space ~
23995 Here is an example:
23996 \begin_inset Formula
24010 \begin_layout Standard
24011 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24014 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24017 arg "newline-insert newline"
24021 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24026 arg "newline-insert newline"
24029 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24037 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24038 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24039 A new row is created by every further hit of
24042 arg "newline-insert newline"
24046 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24047 Here is an example:
24048 \begin_inset Formula
24050 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24051 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24056 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24057 where you want to start the shift and hit
24062 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24063 position to the next column.
24064 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24065 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24066 \begin_inset Formula
24068 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24076 \begin_layout Standard
24077 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24084 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24085 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24088 reference "eq:asquared"
24093 The other types are described in section
24094 \begin_inset space ~
24098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24100 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24107 \begin_layout Section
24108 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24109 \begin_inset Index idx
24112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24113 Math ! Formula numbering
24119 \begin_inset Index idx
24122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24123 Math ! Referencing formulas
24129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24131 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24138 \begin_layout Standard
24139 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24141 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24142 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24144 \begin_inset space ~
24152 arg "math-number-toggle"
24156 The formula number appears in LyX as
24157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24164 within parentheses.
24166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24173 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24175 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24176 the document class.
24177 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24178 separated by a dot:
24179 \begin_inset Formula
24189 arg "math-number-toggle"
24192 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24193 You can only number displayed formulas.
24196 \begin_layout Standard
24197 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24199 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24200 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24202 \begin_inset space ~
24206 \begin_inset space ~
24210 \begin_inset space ~
24218 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24221 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24222 \begin_inset Formula
24225 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24231 To number all lines use the shortcut
24234 arg "math-number-toggle"
24240 \begin_layout Standard
24241 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24244 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24245 A label is inserted with the menu
24247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24250 when the cursor is in the formula.
24251 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24252 It is recommended to use the proposed
24253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24264 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24265 type when you have many labels in your document.
24266 We inserted in the following example the label
24267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24274 in the second line:
24275 \begin_inset Formula
24277 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24278 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24283 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24284 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24294 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24298 \begin_inset space ~
24304 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24305 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24306 as the formula number:
24309 \begin_layout Standard
24310 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24313 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24320 \begin_layout Standard
24321 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24322 \begin_inset space ~
24326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24328 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24333 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24339 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24344 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24352 \begin_layout Section
24353 User defined math macros
24354 \begin_inset Index idx
24357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24366 \begin_layout Standard
24367 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24368 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24369 Math macros are explained in section
24372 \begin_inset space ~
24384 \begin_layout Section
24388 \begin_layout Subsection
24390 \begin_inset Index idx
24393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24402 \begin_layout Standard
24403 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24404 To set a font in a formula, use the
24407 \begin_inset space ~
24413 \begin_inset Graphics
24414 filename ../images/math/font.png
24416 groupId toolbarbuttons
24420 , or enter its command, listed in table
24421 \begin_inset space ~
24425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24427 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24434 \begin_layout Standard
24435 \begin_inset Float table
24440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24441 \begin_inset Caption
24443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24446 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24450 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24460 \begin_inset Tabular
24461 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24462 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24463 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24464 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24496 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24523 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24550 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24583 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24610 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24637 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24671 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24698 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24732 \begin_layout Standard
24733 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24741 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24757 \begin_layout Standard
24758 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24759 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24764 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24765 space when you need a space in the box.
24766 Here an example where
24767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24778 denotes the set of numbers:
24779 \begin_inset Formula
24781 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24789 \begin_layout Standard
24790 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24796 \begin_inset space \space{}
24808 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24812 \begin_inset Newline newline
24815 So it is better not to use this feature.
24818 \begin_layout Standard
24819 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24820 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24824 \begin_inset Newline newline
24827 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24833 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24834 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24840 \begin_layout Standard
24847 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24850 \begin_layout Standard
24851 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24853 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24854 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24856 \begin_inset space ~
24864 \begin_layout Subsection
24866 \begin_inset Index idx
24869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24878 \begin_layout Standard
24879 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24881 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24885 \begin_inset space ~
24889 \begin_inset space ~
24897 \begin_inset space ~
24903 \begin_inset Graphics
24904 filename ../images/math/font.png
24906 groupId toolbarbuttons
24917 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24918 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24919 Here is an example:
24920 \begin_inset Formula
24923 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24924 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24933 \begin_layout Subsection
24935 \begin_inset Index idx
24938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24947 \begin_layout Standard
24948 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24949 automatically chosen in most situations.
24967 For most characters,
24975 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24976 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24981 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24982 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24984 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24985 \begin_inset Graphics
24986 filename ../images/math/style.png
24988 groupId toolbarbuttons
24993 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24994 For example, you can set
24995 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24998 , which is normally in
25007 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25011 The four styles are used in the following example:
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25015 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25019 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25023 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25027 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25033 \begin_layout Standard
25034 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25035 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25039 \begin_inset space ~
25044 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25045 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25046 will be adjusted to correspond.
25047 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25058 \begin_layout Standard
25062 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25068 \begin_layout Section
25072 \begin_layout Standard
25073 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25074 the document classes and into layout modules.
25075 \begin_inset Index idx
25078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25084 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25085 other than the AMS classes.
25087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25089 reference "sub:Modules"
25093 for more on layout modules.
25096 \begin_layout Section
25098 \begin_inset Index idx
25101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25108 \begin_inset Index idx
25111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25120 \begin_layout Standard
25121 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25122 (AMS) that are in common use.
25125 \begin_layout Subsection
25126 Enabling AMS-Support
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25130 Selecting the checkbox
25133 \begin_inset space ~
25137 \begin_inset space ~
25141 \begin_inset space ~
25148 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25152 \begin_inset Index idx
25155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25156 Document ! Settings
25164 \begin_inset space ~
25169 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25171 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25172 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25175 \begin_layout Subsection
25177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25179 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25184 \begin_inset Index idx
25187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25188 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25196 \begin_layout Standard
25197 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25198 LyX allows you to choose between
25219 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25222 \begin_layout Chapter
25226 \begin_layout Section
25228 \begin_inset Index idx
25231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25240 name "sec:Cross-References"
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25249 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25251 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25252 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25253 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25256 \begin_layout Enumerate
25260 \begin_layout Enumerate
25261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25263 name "enu:Second-item"
25270 \begin_layout Enumerate
25274 \begin_layout Standard
25275 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25280 or by pressing the toolbar button
25287 A grey label box like this:
25288 \begin_inset Graphics
25289 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25294 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25295 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25330 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25335 \begin_inset space \space{}
25338 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25353 \begin_layout Standard
25354 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25359 or the toolbar button
25362 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25366 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25367 \begin_inset Graphics
25368 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25373 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25375 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25388 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25392 \begin_layout Standard
25395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25398 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25403 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25404 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25413 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25414 \begin_inset space ~
25418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25420 reference "enu:Second-item"
25427 \begin_layout Standard
25428 It is recommended to use a protected space
25432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25433 described in section
25434 \begin_inset space ~
25438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25440 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25449 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25457 \begin_layout Description
25458 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25461 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25468 \begin_layout Description
25469 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25470 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25482 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25489 \begin_layout Description
25490 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25491 \begin_inset space ~
25495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25496 LatexCommand pageref
25497 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25504 \begin_layout Description
25506 \begin_inset space ~
25510 \begin_inset space ~
25513 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25515 LatexCommand vpageref
25516 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25523 \begin_layout Description
25525 \begin_inset space ~
25529 \begin_inset space ~
25533 \begin_inset space ~
25536 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25539 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25546 \begin_layout Description
25548 \begin_inset space ~
25551 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25552 \begin_inset Newline newline
25556 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25564 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25573 \begin_inset Index idx
25576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25577 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25583 \begin_inset Index idx
25586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25587 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25598 \begin_inset Newline newline
25601 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25604 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25609 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25613 The format is specified by adding the command
25625 (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
25626 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25639 ) can be done with this command
25640 \begin_inset Newline newline
25647 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25652 \begin_inset Newline newline
25655 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25657 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25659 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25666 \begin_layout Description
25668 \begin_inset space ~
25671 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25673 LatexCommand nameref
25674 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25681 \begin_layout Standard
25686 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25689 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25693 \begin_inset space \space{}
25697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25711 <reference> on page <page>
25713 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25716 \begin_layout Standard
25717 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25718 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25719 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25723 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25727 \begin_layout Standard
25728 You can only use the style
25732 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25736 is always possible.
25739 \begin_layout Standard
25740 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25741 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25743 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25744 \begin_inset space ~
25748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25750 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25757 \begin_layout Standard
25758 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25762 \begin_inset space ~
25766 \begin_inset space ~
25771 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25772 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25775 \begin_inset space ~
25780 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25781 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25784 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25790 \begin_layout Standard
25791 You can change labels at any time.
25792 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25793 do not need to take care about this.
25796 \begin_layout Standard
25797 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25798 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25802 References are described in detail in sec.
25803 \begin_inset space ~
25807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25817 \begin_inset space ~
25825 \begin_layout Section
25826 Table of Contents and other Listings
25827 \begin_inset Index idx
25830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25837 \begin_inset Index idx
25840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25856 \begin_layout Subsection
25858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25860 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25867 \begin_layout Standard
25868 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25871 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25873 \begin_inset space ~
25877 \begin_inset space ~
25883 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25884 If you click on it, the
25888 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25889 sections in your documents.
25890 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25895 that is described in sec.
25896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25902 reference "sec:Navigating"
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25911 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25913 \begin_inset space ~
25917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25919 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25923 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25925 \begin_inset space ~
25929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25931 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25935 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25937 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25940 \begin_layout Subsection
25941 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25944 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25951 \begin_layout Standard
25952 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25953 You can insert them via the
25955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25957 \begin_inset space ~
25961 \begin_inset space ~
25967 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25970 \begin_layout Section
25971 URLs and Hyperlinks
25972 \begin_inset Index idx
25975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25982 \begin_inset Index idx
25985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25994 \begin_layout Subsection
25996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26006 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26008 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26014 \begin_layout Standard
26015 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26016 \begin_inset Flex URL
26019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26029 \begin_layout Standard
26030 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26036 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26040 \begin_layout Standard
26041 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26049 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26057 \begin_layout Subsection
26059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26061 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26068 \begin_layout Standard
26069 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26074 or with the toolbar button
26081 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26090 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26091 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26092 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26094 name "LyX's homepage"
26095 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26099 , an Email address like this:
26100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26102 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26103 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26108 , or a link to a file.
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26112 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26125 to the link target.
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26129 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26130 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26131 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26132 the text style dialog.
26133 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26139 name "LyX's homepage"
26140 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26148 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26152 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26154 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26155 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26159 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26161 \begin_inset Newline newline
26169 \begin_inset Newline newline
26176 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26179 \begin_layout Section
26181 \begin_inset Index idx
26184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26193 name "sec:Appendices"
26200 \begin_layout Standard
26201 Appendices are created with the menu
26203 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26205 \begin_inset space ~
26209 \begin_inset space ~
26215 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26216 as the appendix region.
26217 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26221 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26222 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26223 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26224 and the subsection number.
26225 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26229 \begin_layout Standard
26231 \begin_inset space ~
26235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26237 reference "cha:Credits"
26242 \begin_inset space ~
26246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26248 reference "sub:Export"
26255 \begin_layout Section
26257 \begin_inset Index idx
26260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26269 name "sec:Bibliography"
26276 \begin_layout Standard
26277 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26278 You can include a bibliography database,
26282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26283 Known under the name
26284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26296 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26297 manually, using the paragraph environment
26301 , which was described in section
26302 \begin_inset space ~
26306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26308 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26313 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26314 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26318 use a bibliography database.
26321 \begin_layout Subsection
26322 The Bibliography Environment
26325 \begin_layout Standard
26330 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26332 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26341 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26343 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26352 , a short form of its title, as key.
26355 \begin_layout Standard
26356 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26361 or the toolbar button
26364 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26368 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26369 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26370 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26371 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26376 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26377 entry with surrounding brackets.
26382 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26383 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26398 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26401 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26403 key "latexcompanion"
26410 \begin_layout Standard
26411 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26412 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26421 \begin_layout Subsection
26422 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26423 \begin_inset Index idx
26426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26427 Bibliography ! Databases
26433 \begin_inset Index idx
26436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26437 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26445 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26453 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26459 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26461 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26462 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26467 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26469 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26470 your working field in a database.
26471 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26472 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26474 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26478 \begin_layout Standard
26479 The database is a text file with the file extension
26480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26491 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26492 The format is explained in
26493 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26499 and in LaTeX books (
26500 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26502 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26507 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26508 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26509 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26510 \begin_inset Flex URL
26513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26515 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26523 \begin_layout Standard
26524 To use a database, use the menu
26526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26531 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26544 \begin_inset space ~
26550 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26551 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26554 Add bibliography to TOC
26556 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26561 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26562 in the document or just the cited references.
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26566 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26578 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26579 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26580 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26582 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26588 For information how this is done, have a look at
26589 \begin_inset Newline newline
26593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26595 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26607 \begin_layout Standard
26608 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26612 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26613 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26616 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26644 \begin_inset space ~
26650 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26656 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26666 When you select the option
26668 Sectioned bibliography
26672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26675 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26676 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26678 Customizing Bibliographies
26686 Additional Features
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26692 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26693 the two methods of creating them.
26694 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26695 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26696 We used the style file
26700 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26703 \begin_layout Subsection
26704 Bibliography layout
26705 \begin_inset Index idx
26708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26709 Bibliography ! Layout
26717 \begin_layout Standard
26718 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26719 For this feature you need to enable the option
26725 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26729 \begin_inset Index idx
26732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26733 Document ! Settings
26743 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26744 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26745 in the previous section.
26748 \begin_layout Standard
26749 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26750 in the citation reference window.
26751 Here an example where we set the text
26752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26756 \begin_inset space ~
26760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26763 to appear after the reference:
26766 \begin_layout Standard
26768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26771 key "latexcompanion"
26778 \begin_layout Section
26780 \begin_inset Index idx
26783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26799 \begin_layout Standard
26800 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26804 \begin_inset space ~
26809 or the toolbar button
26817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26828 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26829 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26830 by LyX as the index entry.
26833 \begin_layout Standard
26834 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26835 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26837 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26839 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26847 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26851 \begin_inset space ~
26855 \begin_inset space ~
26858 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26860 \begin_inset space ~
26866 A light blue box labeled
26867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26878 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26879 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26882 \begin_layout Subsection
26883 Grouping Index Entries
26884 \begin_inset Index idx
26887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26896 \begin_layout Standard
26897 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26899 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26900 lists under the entry
26901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26909 First we create the entry
26910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26918 \begin_inset space ~
26922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26924 reference "sub:Lists"
26929 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26930 \begin_inset space ~
26934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26936 reference "sec:Itemize"
26940 , we insert the command
26943 \begin_layout Standard
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26953 \begin_layout Standard
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26960 for the enumerated list in section
26961 \begin_inset space ~
26965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26967 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26975 The exclamation mark
26976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26983 marks the grouping levels.
26984 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26985 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26986 If we don't have an index entry for
26987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26994 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26997 \begin_layout Subsection
26999 \begin_inset Index idx
27002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27003 Index ! Page ranges
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27012 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27014 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27020 \begin_inset space \space{}
27023 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27025 \begin_inset space ~
27029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27031 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27041 Paragraph environments|(
27044 \begin_layout Standard
27045 and another entry at the end of section
27046 \begin_inset space ~
27050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27052 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27062 Paragraph environments|)
27065 \begin_layout Standard
27067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27090 respectively start and end the index range.
27091 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27092 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27093 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27094 An example is the index entry
27095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27098 Document ! Settings
27099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27105 \begin_layout Subsection
27107 \begin_inset Index idx
27110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27111 Index ! Cross referencing
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27120 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27121 We referred for example in the index entry
27122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27130 \begin_inset space ~
27134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27136 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27140 ) to the index entry
27141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27148 in the same section using the entry
27151 \begin_layout Standard
27154 GIF|see{Image formats}
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27158 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27159 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27160 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27163 \begin_layout Subsection
27165 \begin_inset Index idx
27168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27169 Index ! Entry order
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27178 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27179 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27180 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27185 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27187 \begin_inset space ~
27191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27193 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27202 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27203 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27228 \begin_inset Index idx
27231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27232 Dummy entries ! maïs
27238 \begin_inset Index idx
27241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27242 Dummy entries ! maître
27248 \begin_inset Index idx
27251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27252 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27257 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27258 order maïs, maison, maître.
27259 To achieve this, we use the command
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27265 previous entry@current entry
27268 \begin_layout Standard
27269 In our case we want to have
27270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27285 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27288 \begin_layout Standard
27294 \begin_layout Standard
27295 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27296 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27300 \begin_layout Standard
27301 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27307 \begin_layout Standard
27308 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27313 to generate the index (see sec.
27314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27320 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27329 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27337 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27341 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27342 index commands start with
27343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27355 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27360 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27375 \begin_layout Standard
27387 \begin_layout Subsection
27389 \begin_inset Index idx
27392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27393 Index ! Entry layout
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27402 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27403 \begin_inset Index idx
27406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27409 This is an italic dummy entry
27414 You can also format the page number using the character
27415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27422 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27423 We can write for example
27426 \begin_layout Standard
27429 italic page number:|textit
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27433 to get the page number in italic.
27434 \begin_inset Index idx
27437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27438 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27443 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27461 \begin_inset space ~
27467 Have a look at section
27468 \begin_inset space ~
27472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27474 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27478 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27481 \begin_layout Standard
27482 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27490 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27494 to generate the index, see sec.
27495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27501 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27510 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27511 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27516 key "latexcompanion"
27528 \begin_layout Standard
27529 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27531 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27532 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27533 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27534 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27535 If so, put the following in the preamble
27538 \begin_layout Standard
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27561 in the index entry.
27562 \begin_inset Index idx
27565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27566 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27571 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27572 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27573 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27576 \begin_layout Standard
27577 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27583 \begin_inset space \space{}
27586 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27587 for all index entries.
27588 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27600 documentation for details,
27601 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27603 key "makeindex,xindy"
27610 \begin_layout Subsection
27612 \begin_inset Index idx
27615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27624 name "sub:Index-Program"
27631 \begin_layout Standard
27632 If the index entry program
27636 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27640 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27649 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27650 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27651 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27652 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27653 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27663 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27664 dialog, see section
27665 \begin_inset space ~
27669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27671 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27676 The available options are listed and explained in
27677 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27679 key "makeindex,xindy"
27684 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27688 \begin_layout Standard
27689 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27690 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27693 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27694 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27698 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27699 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27702 \begin_layout Subsection
27706 \begin_layout Standard
27707 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27708 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27716 next to the standard index.
27717 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27718 packages that add this feature.
27724 \begin_inset Index idx
27727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27728 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27733 package to generate multiple indexes.
27734 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27735 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27736 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27743 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27744 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27745 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27748 \begin_layout Standard
27749 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27752 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27759 Use multiple Indexes
27760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27764 Note that the list of
27765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27772 below already contains the standard index.
27773 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27774 also appear as a heading) to the
27775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27782 input field and press the
27783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27791 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27792 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27793 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27797 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27803 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27804 indexes in the LyX work area.
27807 \begin_layout Standard
27808 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27813 \begin_inset space ~
27817 \begin_inset space ~
27826 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27827 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27828 are some additional features:
27831 \begin_layout Itemize
27832 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27833 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27836 \begin_layout Itemize
27837 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27838 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27847 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27849 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27852 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27853 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27854 to the non-subindexes.
27857 \begin_layout Section
27858 Nomenclature / Glossary
27859 \begin_inset Index idx
27862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27869 \begin_inset Index idx
27872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27903 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27910 \begin_layout Standard
27911 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27912 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27917 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27922 \begin_inset Index idx
27925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27926 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27932 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27933 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27939 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27943 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27944 and then use the menu
27946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27952 \begin_inset space ~
27957 or the toolbar button
27960 arg "nomencl-insert"
27965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27976 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27980 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27981 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27982 The second is the description of the symbol.
27985 \begin_layout Standard
27986 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27994 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28002 \begin_layout Subsection
28003 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28004 \begin_inset Index idx
28007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28008 Nomenclature ! Layout
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28017 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28021 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28027 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28035 \begin_inset Newline newline
28043 \begin_inset Newline newline
28049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28056 character starts/ends the formula.
28057 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28069 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28081 \begin_inset space ~
28085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28087 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28098 \begin_inset space ~
28103 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28104 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28109 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28116 in this document is:
28117 \begin_inset Newline newline
28122 dummy entry for the character
28127 \begin_inset Newline newline
28139 \begin_inset space ~
28149 font use the command
28178 \begin_layout Subsection
28179 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28180 \begin_inset Index idx
28183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28184 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28193 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28194 the symbol definition.
28195 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28196 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28199 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28200 LatexCommand nomenclature
28202 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28209 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28213 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28214 LatexCommand nomenclature
28217 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28222 They will be sorted by
28223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28249 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28252 will be sorted before the
28256 since the character
28257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28264 is considered in sorting.
28267 \begin_layout Standard
28268 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28271 \begin_inset space ~
28276 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28277 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28279 For the example given, you can insert
28283 in this field for the
28284 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28291 will be located before
28292 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28298 \begin_layout Standard
28299 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28304 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28313 \begin_layout Subsection
28314 Nomenclature Options
28315 \begin_inset Index idx
28318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28319 Nomenclature ! Options
28327 \begin_layout Standard
28332 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28333 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28336 \begin_layout Description
28337 refeq Appends the phrase
28338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28353 to every nomenclature entry, where
28359 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28362 \begin_layout Description
28363 refpage Appends the phrase
28364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28379 to every nomenclature entry, where
28385 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28388 \begin_layout Description
28389 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28393 There are furthermore the options
28437 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28441 \begin_layout Standard
28442 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28443 class options list in the
28445 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28449 In this document the option
28456 \begin_layout Standard
28457 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28463 \begin_layout Standard
28464 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28465 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28470 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28473 \begin_layout Description
28483 \begin_layout Description
28486 nomrefpage Like the
28493 \begin_layout Description
28496 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28505 \begin_layout Description
28509 \begin_inset space ~
28515 \begin_inset space ~
28520 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28523 \begin_layout Subsection
28524 Printing the Nomenclature
28525 \begin_inset Index idx
28528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28529 Nomenclature ! Printing
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28538 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28542 \begin_inset space ~
28546 \begin_inset space ~
28549 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28553 A light blue box labeled
28554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28565 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28566 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28569 \begin_layout Standard
28570 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28579 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28587 For example, in order to change the name to
28591 , add the following line to the preamble:
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28602 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28605 \begin_layout Standard
28606 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28613 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28614 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28617 \begin_layout Standard
28625 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28628 \begin_layout Standard
28631 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28632 \begin_inset space ~
28636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28638 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28643 The default value is 1
28644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28650 \begin_layout Subsection
28651 Nomenclature Program
28652 \begin_inset Index idx
28655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28656 Nomenclature ! Program
28662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28664 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28672 LyX uses the program
28676 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28677 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28682 by adding options, see section
28683 \begin_inset space ~
28687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28689 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28694 The available options are listed and explained in
28695 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28697 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28704 \begin_layout Section
28706 \begin_inset Index idx
28709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28716 \begin_inset Index idx
28719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28720 Document ! Branches
28726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28728 name "sec:Branches"
28735 \begin_layout Standard
28736 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28737 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28738 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28739 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28742 \begin_layout Standard
28743 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28744 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28745 To create a branch, either select the menu
28747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28748 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28751 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28753 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28760 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28761 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28762 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28763 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28764 (see below for an example).
28765 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28766 to the name of the other) and to add
28767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28779 \begin_inset space ~
28782 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28783 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28786 \begin_layout Standard
28787 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28788 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28793 where you can choose a branch.
28794 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28798 \begin_layout Standard
28799 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28800 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28803 \begin_layout Standard
28804 \begin_inset Branch Question
28807 \begin_layout Standard
28808 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28816 \begin_layout Standard
28817 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28820 \begin_layout Standard
28821 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28829 \begin_layout Standard
28836 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28837 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28840 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28841 Consider for example a file
28842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28849 which has the above branches.
28851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28858 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28882 branch were inactive,
28883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28898 branch was active, likewise
28899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28914 branch was active, and
28915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28918 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28922 if both branches were active.
28923 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28927 \begin_layout Standard
28928 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28935 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28936 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28938 For example you can define for the question branch
28942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28943 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28944 \begin_inset space ~
28948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28950 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28962 \begin_layout Standard
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28982 \begin_layout Standard
28983 and for the answer branch
28986 \begin_layout Standard
28996 \begin_layout Standard
29006 \begin_layout Standard
29007 \begin_inset Branch Question
29010 \begin_layout Standard
29014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29042 \begin_layout Standard
29043 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29046 \begin_layout Standard
29050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29078 \begin_layout Standard
29079 Now it is possible to use the commands
29083 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29090 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29093 to obtain conditional output.
29094 Here is an example formula where only the
29101 \begin_inset Formula
29103 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29112 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29120 \begin_layout Section
29122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29124 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29129 \begin_inset Index idx
29132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29141 \begin_layout Standard
29146 dialog allows you in the
29150 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29151 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29156 \begin_inset Index idx
29159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29160 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29168 \begin_layout Standard
29173 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29174 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29175 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29177 You can specify in the dialog tab
29181 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29183 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29184 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29188 \begin_layout Standard
29193 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29194 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29195 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29197 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29198 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29200 \begin_inset space ~
29203 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29204 \begin_inset space ~
29207 1 will only display the sections.
29210 \begin_layout Standard
29211 The header information in the dialog tab
29215 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29216 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29221 \begin_inset space \space{}
29224 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29225 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29228 Automatic fill header
29230 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29231 title and author settings.
29234 \begin_layout Standard
29237 Load in fullscreen mode
29239 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29243 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29244 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29250 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29251 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29260 \begin_layout Section
29261 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29264 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29271 \begin_layout Subsection
29273 \begin_inset Index idx
29276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29285 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29292 \begin_layout Standard
29293 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29294 constructs, but not all.
29295 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29296 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29297 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29298 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29299 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29303 \begin_layout Standard
29304 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29306 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29310 \begin_inset space ~
29315 or by the toolbar button
29322 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29326 \begin_layout Standard
29327 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29328 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29329 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29330 using the LaTeX-command
29336 , you can write the command part
29342 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29346 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29347 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29348 the following example:
29351 \begin_layout Standard
29352 \begin_inset Graphics
29353 filename clipart/ERT.png
29361 \begin_layout Standard
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29366 This is a line with a
29370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29393 \begin_layout Standard
29394 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29402 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29403 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29411 \begin_layout Subsection
29412 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29413 \begin_inset Argument
29416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29423 \begin_inset Index idx
29426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29435 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29442 \begin_layout Standard
29443 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29444 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29445 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29454 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29455 any time if you know the right commands.
29457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29461 \begin_inset space \space{}
29464 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29466 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29467 all caption labels bold.
29468 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29470 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29474 \begin_layout Standard
29475 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29476 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29477 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29479 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29488 \begin_layout Standard
29489 As result you know that the package
29494 \begin_inset Index idx
29497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29498 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29504 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29506 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29512 \begin_layout Standard
29517 usepackage[options]{package name}
29520 \begin_layout Standard
29521 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29522 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29523 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29526 \begin_layout Standard
29527 In your case the package name is
29532 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29537 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29538 So you add the command
29541 \begin_layout Standard
29546 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29549 \begin_layout Standard
29550 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29555 For more commands provided by the
29559 package, have a look at its documentation,
29560 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29574 \begin_layout Standard
29575 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29577 For example if you use a
29581 class, you don't need the package
29585 , you can instead write
29588 \begin_layout Standard
29593 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29598 \begin_layout Standard
29599 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29600 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29601 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29608 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29611 \begin_layout Standard
29612 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29613 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29615 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29616 the previous section.
29619 \begin_layout Standard
29620 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29622 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29624 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29631 \begin_layout Standard
29632 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29638 \begin_layout Standard
29642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29652 \begin_inset Note Note
29655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29656 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29664 \begin_layout Left Header
29665 \begin_inset Argument
29668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29688 \begin_inset Note Note
29691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29692 defines the header line as described below
29700 \begin_layout Center Header
29701 \begin_inset Argument
29704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29713 \begin_layout Right Header
29714 \begin_inset Argument
29717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29738 \begin_layout Left Footer
29739 \begin_inset Argument
29742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 \begin_layout Center Footer
29764 \begin_inset Argument
29767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29778 \begin_inset Newline newline
29782 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29788 \begin_layout Right Footer
29789 \begin_inset Argument
29792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 \begin_layout Section
29815 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29818 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29823 \begin_inset Index idx
29826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29827 Document ! Header/Footer line
29833 \begin_inset Index idx
29836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29845 \begin_layout Standard
29846 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29847 to set the headings style to
29853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29859 \begin_inset space ~
29865 As second step add in the menu
29867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29868 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29875 Custom Header/Footerlines
29876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29880 This module offers the 6
29881 \begin_inset space ~
29887 \begin_layout Description
29889 \begin_inset space ~
29893 \begin_inset space ~
29897 \begin_inset space ~
29901 \begin_inset space ~
29905 \begin_inset space ~
29911 \begin_layout Description
29913 \begin_inset space ~
29917 \begin_inset space ~
29921 \begin_inset space ~
29925 \begin_inset space ~
29929 \begin_inset space ~
29935 \begin_layout Standard
29936 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29939 \begin_layout Standard
29940 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29941 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29943 \begin_inset space ~
29947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29949 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29953 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29956 \begin_layout Standard
29957 \begin_inset Float figure
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29966 \begin_inset Tabular
29967 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
29968 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29969 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29971 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29973 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
29985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29991 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30002 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30020 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30031 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30035 The normal text on the page goes here.
30036 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30038 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30039 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30044 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30053 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30064 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30082 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30111 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 \begin_inset Caption
30131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30134 name "fig:Page-layout"
30138 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30151 \begin_layout Subsection
30155 \begin_layout Standard
30156 To define your header line, add all 3
30157 \begin_inset space ~
30161 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30162 the optional arguments on even pages.
30163 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30165 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30166 Defining the footer line works similar.
30169 \begin_layout Standard
30170 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 \begin_inset space ~
30194 \begin_layout Description
30197 thepage prints the current page number
30200 \begin_layout Description
30203 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30206 \begin_layout Description
30209 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30212 \begin_layout Description
30215 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30216 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30223 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30226 because it usually goes in a left header.
30229 \begin_layout Description
30232 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30233 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30235 It is normally used in the right header.
30238 \begin_layout Subsection
30239 Default header/footer
30242 \begin_layout Standard
30243 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30244 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30245 footer has the page number.
30246 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30247 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30248 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30251 \begin_inset space ~
30259 \begin_layout Subsection
30263 \begin_layout Standard
30264 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30265 Some pages are different.
30266 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30267 a new part or chapter in your book.
30268 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30269 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30270 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30274 Header and footer decoration line
30277 \begin_layout Standard
30278 By default, you get a 0.4
30279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30282 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30283 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30295 in the following scheme:
30298 \begin_layout Standard
30305 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30308 \begin_layout Standard
30309 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30318 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30325 \begin_layout Standard
30326 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30327 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30328 \begin_inset space ~
30332 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30342 Several header/footer lines
30345 \begin_layout Standard
30346 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30347 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30348 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30350 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30362 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30365 \begin_layout Standard
30372 headheight}{height}
30375 \begin_layout Standard
30376 Where height is a size in standard units.
30377 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30378 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30379 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30395 and look via the button
30398 \begin_inset space ~
30403 if you find a warning of the package
30408 \begin_inset Index idx
30411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30412 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30418 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30419 for your header/footer.
30422 \begin_layout Subsection
30426 \begin_layout Standard
30427 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30428 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30429 This example consists of the following definition:
30432 \begin_layout Description
30434 \begin_inset space ~
30443 , empty optional argument
30446 \begin_layout Description
30448 \begin_inset space ~
30451 Header empty, empty optional argument
30454 \begin_layout Description
30456 \begin_inset space ~
30465 in the optional argument
30468 \begin_layout Description
30470 \begin_inset space ~
30479 in the optional argument
30482 \begin_layout Description
30484 \begin_inset space ~
30496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30500 \begin_inset Newline newline
30504 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30511 in the optional argument
30514 \begin_layout Description
30516 \begin_inset space ~
30525 , empty optional argument
30528 \begin_layout Description
30531 headrulewidth set to 2
30532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30538 \begin_layout Standard
30539 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30541 For more special things like e.
30542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30546 \begin_inset space ~
30549 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30554 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30563 \begin_layout Standard
30564 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30570 \begin_layout Standard
30574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30578 pagestyle{headings}
30584 \begin_inset Note Note
30587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30588 switches back to page style with the default headings
30596 \begin_layout Section
30597 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30600 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30605 \begin_inset Index idx
30608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30615 \begin_inset Index idx
30618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30627 \begin_layout Standard
30628 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30629 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30630 to break your train of thought with
30632 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30638 \begin_layout Standard
30639 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30640 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30645 \begin_inset Index idx
30648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30654 as explained below, and turn on
30657 \begin_inset space ~
30664 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30668 \begin_inset space ~
30672 \begin_inset space ~
30675 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30680 \begin_inset space ~
30685 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30688 \begin_layout Standard
30689 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30691 Previews of an already loaded document are
30695 generated just by selecting the
30698 \begin_inset space ~
30703 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30706 \begin_layout Standard
30707 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30708 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30711 \begin_inset space ~
30716 check box in the insert dialog.
30717 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30721 \begin_layout Standard
30722 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30726 (on some systems named simply
30731 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30733 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30739 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30740 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30748 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30752 \begin_layout Standard
30753 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30759 \begin_layout Standard
30760 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30764 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30766 \begin_inset space ~
30771 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30772 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30774 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30775 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30776 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30777 the source view window.
30780 \begin_layout Section
30781 Advanced Find and Replace
30782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30784 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30789 \begin_inset Index idx
30792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30799 \begin_inset Index idx
30802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30811 \begin_layout Subsection
30815 \begin_layout Standard
30816 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30817 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30818 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30819 The key-features are:
30822 \begin_layout Itemize
30823 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30824 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30825 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30829 \begin_layout Itemize
30830 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30831 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30832 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30833 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30836 \begin_layout Itemize
30837 Search may be widened to a specific
30842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30846 \begin_inset space ~
30849 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30850 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30857 \begin_layout Itemize
30858 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30859 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30860 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30864 \begin_inset space ~
30867 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30870 \begin_layout Subsection
30874 \begin_layout Standard
30875 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30878 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30891 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30894 ) or the toolbar button
30897 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30903 Advanced Find and Replace
30908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30912 \begin_layout Standard
30917 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30922 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30927 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30928 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30929 Pressing repeatedly
30933 keeps searching forward.
30934 Similarly, pressing
30938 searches for the entered text backwards.
30941 \begin_layout Standard
30942 While searching, the
30946 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30956 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30959 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30960 Searching for mathematics
30963 \begin_layout Standard
30964 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30968 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30969 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30972 or also something more complex like
30973 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30977 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30978 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30979 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30980 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30986 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30990 \begin_layout Standard
30991 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30992 This is done by switching to the
30996 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31001 This way, entering in the
31008 \begin_layout Itemize
31009 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31010 in emphasized or boldface.
31013 \begin_layout Itemize
31014 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31015 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31016 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31017 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31020 \begin_layout Itemize
31021 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31022 of if only within section headings.
31023 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31024 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31028 \begin_layout Itemize
31029 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31030 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31033 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31037 \begin_layout Standard
31038 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31042 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31050 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31054 button or alternatively
31076 \begin_layout Standard
31077 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31078 text segments in your document.
31079 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31083 \begin_layout Itemize
31084 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31085 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31093 with its typewriter version
31096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31106 \begin_layout Itemize
31107 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31113 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31125 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31132 (you may want to enable the
31140 options and disable the
31148 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31156 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31157 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31161 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31164 , or occurrences of
31165 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31169 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31175 \begin_layout Subsection
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31180 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31185 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31187 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31189 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31198 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31204 This is done via the menu
31206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31207 Insert Regular Expression
31209 while the cursor is in the
31214 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31215 expression matching rules
31219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31220 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31226 \begin_inset space ~
31229 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31230 to match expressions.
31235 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31236 same text in the document.
31237 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31238 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31241 \begin_layout Enumerate
31242 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31247 editor the fraction
31248 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31252 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31255 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31256 fractions with the given denominator.
31259 \begin_layout Enumerate
31260 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31272 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31277 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31278 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31280 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31283 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31284 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31287 \begin_layout Standard
31288 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31289 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31290 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31293 , and referring back to them through
31294 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31298 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31302 For example, try searching for the regexp
31303 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31306 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31309 \begin_layout Standard
31310 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31311 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31312 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31317 \begin_inset space ~
31321 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31324 always refers to the first occurrence of
31325 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31328 in all entered regexps.
31331 \begin_layout Standard
31332 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31336 \begin_layout Section
31338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31340 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31345 \begin_inset Index idx
31348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 \begin_layout Standard
31358 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31361 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31368 or the toolbar button
31371 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31374 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31375 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31376 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31377 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31378 scrolled so that it is visible.
31379 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31380 n, if any could be found.
31381 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31385 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31386 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31389 \begin_layout Standard
31390 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31393 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31397 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31398 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31399 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31400 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31401 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31402 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31405 \begin_layout Subsection
31409 \begin_layout Standard
31410 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31413 \begin_inset space ~
31416 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31419 you can set the following things:
31422 \begin_layout Description
31424 \begin_inset space ~
31427 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31428 Depending on your platform,
31442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31443 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31444 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31459 \begin_layout Description
31461 \begin_inset space ~
31464 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31465 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31468 \begin_layout Description
31470 \begin_inset space ~
31473 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31479 \begin_inset space \space{}
31483 This should normally not be needed.
31486 \begin_layout Description
31488 \begin_inset space ~
31492 \begin_inset space ~
31495 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31507 \begin_layout Description
31509 \begin_inset space ~
31512 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31513 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31514 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31515 in the context menu.
31516 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31520 \begin_layout Description
31522 \begin_inset space ~
31526 \begin_inset space ~
31530 \begin_inset space ~
31533 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31537 \begin_layout Section
31539 \begin_inset Index idx
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31551 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31558 \begin_layout Standard
31559 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31560 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31570 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31572 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31581 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31582 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31583 are available for many languages.
31586 \begin_layout Standard
31587 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31591 \begin_layout Subsection
31592 Setting up the thesaurus
31595 \begin_layout Standard
31600 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31605 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31610 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31616 en_EN for English).
31617 For instance, the English files are named:
31620 \begin_layout Itemize
31624 \begin_layout Itemize
31628 \begin_layout Standard
31629 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31630 already on your system.
31631 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31632 \begin_inset Flex URL
31635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31637 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31643 \begin_inset Flex URL
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31648 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31659 \begin_inset Flex URL
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31669 are usually packed in extension archives (
31673 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31675 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31676 unpack a zip archive.
31689 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31690 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31692 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31693 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31697 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31700 \begin_layout Subsection
31701 Using the thesaurus
31704 \begin_layout Standard
31705 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31707 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31710 or the toolbar button
31713 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31716 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31718 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31720 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31721 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31722 and hyponyms (such as
31730 ), compounds (such as
31734 ) and antonyms (such as
31742 ), which are marked as such.
31745 \begin_layout Standard
31746 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31747 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31751 \begin_layout Standard
31752 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31753 the dictionary, such as the above
31757 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31762 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31763 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31764 For example looking up the word forms
31772 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31777 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31790 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31791 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31792 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31795 \begin_layout Section
31797 \begin_inset Index idx
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31807 \begin_inset Index idx
31810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31811 Document ! Change Tracking
31817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31819 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31826 \begin_layout Standard
31827 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31828 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31829 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31830 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31834 \begin_inset space ~
31837 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31839 \begin_inset space ~
31847 \begin_layout Standard
31848 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31862 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31863 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31866 \begin_inset space ~
31870 \begin_inset space ~
31880 \begin_inset Index idx
31883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31884 Color ! Change tracking
31889 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31890 the cursor is in changed text.
31891 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31894 arg "changes-merge"
31900 \begin_layout Standard
31901 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31902 \begin_inset Index idx
31905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31914 \begin_layout Standard
31915 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31921 \begin_layout Standard
31922 \begin_inset Graphics
31923 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31931 \begin_layout Standard
31932 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31938 \begin_layout Standard
31939 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31943 \begin_layout Standard
31944 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31950 \begin_layout Standard
31951 \begin_inset Tabular
31952 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31953 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31954 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31955 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 arg "changes-track"
31973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31979 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31981 \begin_inset space ~
31984 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31986 \begin_inset space ~
31995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32004 arg "changes-output"
32012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32018 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32020 \begin_inset space ~
32023 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32025 \begin_inset space ~
32029 \begin_inset space ~
32033 \begin_inset space ~
32042 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 Jumps to the next change
32069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32078 arg "change-accept"
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32092 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32094 \begin_inset space ~
32097 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32099 \begin_inset space ~
32108 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 arg "change-reject"
32125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32133 \begin_inset space ~
32136 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32138 \begin_inset space ~
32147 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 arg "changes-merge"
32164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32170 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32172 \begin_inset space ~
32175 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32177 \begin_inset space ~
32186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 arg "all-changes-accept"
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32209 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32211 \begin_inset space ~
32214 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32216 \begin_inset space ~
32220 \begin_inset space ~
32229 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32238 arg "all-changes-reject"
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32252 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32254 \begin_inset space ~
32257 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32259 \begin_inset space ~
32263 \begin_inset space ~
32272 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32296 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32298 \begin_inset space ~
32307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32332 \begin_inset space ~
32348 \begin_layout Standard
32349 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32355 \begin_layout Standard
32356 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32357 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32358 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32359 the next change after the current cursor position.
32360 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32361 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32362 step to the next change.
32363 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32366 \begin_layout Standard
32367 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32368 to describe a change.
32371 \begin_layout Standard
32372 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32377 \begin_inset Index idx
32380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32381 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32387 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32388 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32394 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32397 \begin_layout Section
32398 Comparison of Documents
32399 \begin_inset Index idx
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32403 Comparison of documents
32411 \begin_layout Standard
32412 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32418 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32420 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32423 \begin_inset space ~
32427 \begin_inset space ~
32431 \begin_inset space ~
32436 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
32441 \begin_inset space ~
32445 \begin_inset space ~
32449 \begin_inset space ~
32453 \begin_inset space ~
32457 \begin_inset space ~
32461 \begin_inset space ~
32466 enables the change tracking option
32469 \begin_inset space ~
32473 \begin_inset space ~
32477 \begin_inset space ~
32482 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32485 \begin_layout Section
32486 International Support
32487 \begin_inset Index idx
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32491 International support
32499 \begin_layout Standard
32500 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32501 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32502 how to set up LyX to use them:
32503 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32505 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32512 \begin_layout Standard
32513 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32514 \begin_inset space ~
32518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32520 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32527 \begin_layout Subsection
32529 \begin_inset Index idx
32532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32539 \begin_inset Index idx
32542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 Document ! Settings
32549 \begin_inset Index idx
32552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32553 Document ! Language
32561 \begin_layout Standard
32564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32567 dialog lets you set
32569 the language and character encoding for your language.
32573 \begin_layout Standard
32574 Choose your language in the
32578 section of this dialog.
32586 \begin_layout Standard
32591 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32596 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32597 For details about the different encoding options see section
32598 \begin_inset space ~
32602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32604 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32611 \begin_layout Subsection
32612 Keyboard mapping configuration
32613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32615 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32622 \begin_layout Standard
32623 If you have for example a U.
32624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32627 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
32628 can use an alternate keymap.
32629 For example, if you have a U.
32630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32633 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
32634 use an Italian keymap.
32635 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32637 \begin_inset space ~
32641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32643 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32648 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32649 which one you want to use.
32652 \begin_layout Standard
32653 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32654 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32655 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32656 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32657 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32658 one to support the characters you want.
32659 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32666 \begin_layout Subsection
32670 \begin_layout Standard
32672 \begin_inset space ~
32676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32678 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32687 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32691 \begin_layout Standard
32692 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32693 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32701 \begin_layout Itemize
32702 Even if you have selected
32708 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32711 dialog, users who have only the
32715 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32719 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32720 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32721 french quotes won't show up.
32724 \begin_layout Standard
32725 \begin_inset Float table
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 \begin_inset Caption
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32736 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 \begin_inset Tabular
32755 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32756 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32760 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32761 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32762 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32763 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32764 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32765 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32766 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32767 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32768 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 \begin_layout Standard
37187 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37189 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37190 also the characters from
37202 \begin_layout Itemize
37211 \begin_layout Standard
37212 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37213 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37219 \begin_layout Standard
37220 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37221 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37227 \begin_layout Standard
37228 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37229 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37235 \begin_layout Standard
37236 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37237 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37243 \begin_layout Standard
37245 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37251 \begin_layout Standard
37253 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37259 \begin_layout Standard
37261 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37268 \begin_layout Itemize
37281 \begin_layout Standard
37283 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37289 \begin_layout Standard
37291 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37297 \begin_layout Standard
37299 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37305 \begin_layout Standard
37307 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37313 \begin_layout Standard
37315 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37321 \begin_layout Standard
37323 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37330 \begin_layout Standard
37331 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37332 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37333 Also make sure you're using the
37340 \begin_layout Chapter
37343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37345 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37352 \begin_layout Standard
37353 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37354 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37355 topic inside the user's guide.
37358 \begin_layout Section
37360 \begin_inset Index idx
37363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37372 \begin_layout Standard
37377 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37380 \begin_layout Subsection
37384 \begin_layout Standard
37385 Creates a new document.
37388 \begin_layout Subsection
37392 \begin_layout Standard
37393 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37394 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37395 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37398 \begin_layout Subsection
37402 \begin_layout Standard
37406 \begin_layout Subsection
37410 \begin_layout Standard
37411 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37412 Click there on a file to open it.
37415 \begin_layout Subsection
37419 \begin_layout Standard
37420 Closes the current document.
37423 \begin_layout Subsection
37427 \begin_layout Standard
37428 Closes all opened documents.
37431 \begin_layout Subsection
37435 \begin_layout Standard
37436 Saves the actual document.
37439 \begin_layout Subsection
37443 \begin_layout Standard
37444 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37447 \begin_layout Subsection
37451 \begin_layout Standard
37452 Saves all opened documents.
37455 \begin_layout Subsection
37459 \begin_layout Standard
37460 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37463 \begin_layout Subsection
37467 \begin_layout Standard
37468 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37469 It is described in the section
37471 Version Control in LyX
37475 Additional Features
37480 \begin_layout Subsection
37484 \begin_layout Standard
37485 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37486 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37487 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37488 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37491 \begin_layout Standard
37492 When using the menu entry
37495 \begin_inset space ~
37500 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37504 \begin_inset space ~
37508 \begin_inset space ~
37513 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37514 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37517 \begin_layout Subsection
37519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37528 \begin_layout Standard
37529 You can export your document to various file formats.
37530 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37531 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37532 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37535 \begin_layout Standard
37536 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37538 \begin_inset space ~
37542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37544 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37551 \begin_layout Description
37557 \begin_inset space ~
37564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37571 yX format of the special LyX
37572 \begin_inset space ~
37575 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37576 \begin_inset Newline newline
37579 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37582 \begin_layout Description
37583 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37584 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37585 files paths or file names in your document.
37586 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37593 \begin_layout Description
37594 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37595 paths or file names
37598 \begin_layout Description
37600 \begin_inset space ~
37607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37614 eX) DVI-format using the program
37618 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts
37621 \begin_layout Description
37622 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37626 \begin_layout Description
37628 \begin_inset space ~
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37635 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37639 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37647 \begin_layout Description
37654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37662 \begin_inset space ~
37673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37686 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37691 \begin_layout Description
37698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37706 \begin_inset space ~
37711 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37712 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37716 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37719 \begin_layout Description
37726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37734 \begin_inset space ~
37739 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37740 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37748 \begin_layout Description
37755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37763 \begin_inset space ~
37774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37787 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37792 \begin_layout Description
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37809 \begin_inset space ~
37813 \begin_inset space ~
37816 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
37817 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
37821 \begin_layout Description
37828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37838 \begin_inset space ~
37841 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
37842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37857 represent the version number)
37860 \begin_layout Description
37867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37876 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37879 \begin_layout Description
37880 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
37893 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37897 \begin_layout Description
37901 \begin_inset space ~
37906 PDF-format using the program
37910 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
37913 \begin_layout Description
37917 \begin_inset space ~
37924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37933 PDF-format using the program
37937 , produces PDF-files directly
37940 \begin_layout Description
37944 \begin_inset space ~
37949 PDF-format using the program
37953 , produces PDF-files directly
37956 \begin_layout Description
37960 \begin_inset space ~
37965 PDF-format using the program
37969 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
37972 \begin_layout Description
37976 \begin_inset space ~
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37992 PDF-format using the program
37996 , produces PDF-files directly
37999 \begin_layout Description
38003 \begin_inset space ~
38011 \begin_layout Description
38015 \begin_inset space ~
38019 \begin_inset space ~
38024 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38025 and then exported as text using the program
38030 \begin_layout Description
38035 PostScript format using the program
38040 \begin_layout Standard
38041 If one of the menu entries
38048 \begin_inset space ~
38057 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38058 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38059 \begin_inset space ~
38063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38065 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38070 \begin_inset Index idx
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 Reconfiguration of LyX
38082 \begin_layout Subsection
38086 \begin_layout Standard
38087 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38088 format or send it to a printer.
38089 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38090 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38096 For more information have a look at section
38097 \begin_inset space ~
38101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38103 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38110 \begin_layout Subsection
38114 \begin_layout Standard
38115 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38116 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38117 prefix, see section
38118 \begin_inset space ~
38122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38124 reference "sec:Paths"
38129 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38138 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38139 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38140 \begin_inset space ~
38144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38146 reference "sub:Converters"
38153 \begin_layout Subsection
38154 New and Close Window
38157 \begin_layout Standard
38158 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38161 \begin_layout Subsection
38165 \begin_layout Standard
38166 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38169 \begin_layout Section
38171 \begin_inset Index idx
38174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38183 \begin_layout Subsection
38187 \begin_layout Standard
38188 Described in section
38189 \begin_inset space ~
38193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38195 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38202 \begin_layout Subsection
38203 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38206 \begin_layout Standard
38207 Described in section
38208 \begin_inset space ~
38212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38214 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38221 \begin_layout Subsection
38225 \begin_layout Standard
38226 Selects the whole document.
38229 \begin_layout Subsection
38230 Find & Replace (Quick)
38233 \begin_layout Standard
38234 Described in section
38235 \begin_inset space ~
38239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38241 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38248 \begin_layout Subsection
38249 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38252 \begin_layout Standard
38253 Described in section
38254 \begin_inset space ~
38258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38260 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38267 \begin_layout Subsection
38268 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38271 \begin_layout Standard
38272 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38276 \begin_layout Subsection
38280 \begin_layout Standard
38281 Described in section
38282 \begin_inset space ~
38286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38288 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38295 \begin_layout Subsection
38297 \begin_inset Index idx
38300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38301 Paragraph ! Settings
38309 \begin_layout Standard
38310 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38311 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38314 \begin_layout Standard
38315 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38316 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38318 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38324 \begin_inset space ~
38332 \begin_layout Subsection
38333 Table Settings and Math
38336 \begin_layout Standard
38337 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38339 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38340 The properties of tables are described in section
38341 \begin_inset space ~
38345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38347 reference "sec:Tables"
38351 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38352 \begin_inset space ~
38356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38358 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38365 \begin_layout Subsection
38366 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38369 \begin_layout Standard
38370 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38371 that can be nested.
38372 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38373 \begin_inset space ~
38377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38379 reference "sec:Nesting"
38384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38386 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38393 \begin_layout Section
38395 \begin_inset Index idx
38398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38407 \begin_layout Standard
38412 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38413 document with an external program.
38414 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38415 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38416 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38417 \begin_inset space ~
38421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38423 reference "sub:Export"
38428 You should at least see the menu entries
38435 \begin_inset space ~
38441 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38442 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38443 \begin_inset space ~
38447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38449 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38454 \begin_inset Index idx
38457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38458 Reconfiguration of LyX
38466 \begin_layout Standard
38467 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38468 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38469 \begin_inset space ~
38473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38475 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38480 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38483 \begin_layout Standard
38484 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38487 At the bottom of the
38491 menu the opened documents are listed.
38494 \begin_layout Subsection
38495 Open/Close all Insets
38498 \begin_layout Standard
38499 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38502 \begin_layout Subsection
38503 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38506 \begin_layout Standard
38507 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38510 \begin_layout Standard
38511 Math macros are described in the
38518 \begin_layout Subsection
38522 \begin_layout Standard
38523 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38525 \begin_inset space ~
38529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38531 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38538 \begin_layout Subsection
38542 \begin_layout Standard
38543 Opens a window showing console messages.
38544 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38548 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38549 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38552 \begin_layout Subsection
38556 \begin_layout Standard
38557 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38558 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38565 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38569 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38576 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38580 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38581 The default output format is
38584 \begin_inset space ~
38592 \begin_layout Subsection
38593 View (Other Formats)
38596 \begin_layout Standard
38597 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38600 \begin_layout Subsection
38604 \begin_layout Standard
38605 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38606 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38607 opening a new viewer window.
38610 \begin_layout Subsection
38611 Update (Other Formats)
38614 \begin_layout Standard
38615 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38616 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38619 \begin_layout Subsection
38620 View Master Document
38623 \begin_layout Standard
38624 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38640 \begin_inset space ~
38645 manual for more information on this topic).
38646 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38647 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38652 generates the output of the whole book, while
38656 will just output the chapter alone.
38659 \begin_layout Standard
38660 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38661 in the preferences (see sec.
38662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38668 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38672 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38679 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38686 \begin_layout Subsection
38687 Update Master Document
38690 \begin_layout Standard
38691 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38707 \begin_inset space ~
38712 manual for more information on this topic).
38713 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38714 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38717 \begin_layout Standard
38718 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38719 in the preferences (see sec.
38720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38726 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38730 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38737 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38744 \begin_layout Subsection
38748 \begin_layout Standard
38749 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38750 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38751 view the same document, but at different positions.
38752 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38753 or more documents at the same time.
38754 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38761 \begin_layout Subsection
38765 \begin_layout Standard
38766 Closes a split view.
38769 \begin_layout Subsection
38773 \begin_layout Standard
38774 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38775 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38776 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38777 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38778 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38781 \begin_layout Subsection
38783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38785 name "sub:Toolbars"
38790 \begin_inset Index idx
38793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38802 \begin_layout Standard
38803 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38804 All toolbars and the
38807 \begin_inset space ~
38812 can be turned on and off.
38817 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38829 \begin_inset space ~
38838 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38842 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38849 \begin_layout Standard
38854 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38858 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38859 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38860 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38861 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38862 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38865 \begin_layout Standard
38866 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38867 \begin_inset space ~
38871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38873 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38880 \begin_layout Section
38882 \begin_inset Index idx
38885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38894 \begin_layout Subsection
38898 \begin_layout Standard
38899 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38900 \begin_inset space ~
38904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38906 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38917 \begin_layout Subsection
38919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38921 name "sub:Special-Character"
38928 \begin_layout Standard
38929 Here you can insert the following characters:
38932 \begin_layout Description
38933 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38934 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38935 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38936 \begin_inset Newline newline
38940 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38948 Not all characters will be visible in the
38952 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38960 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38964 ) can display every character.
38972 \begin_layout Description
38973 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38977 \begin_layout Description
38979 \begin_inset space ~
38983 \begin_inset space ~
38986 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38987 \begin_inset space ~
38991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38993 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39000 \begin_layout Description
39002 \begin_inset space ~
39005 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39008 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39018 \begin_layout Description
39020 \begin_inset space ~
39023 Quote Inserts this quote:
39024 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39030 \begin_layout Description
39032 \begin_inset space ~
39035 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39039 \begin_layout Description
39041 \begin_inset space ~
39044 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39048 \begin_layout Description
39050 \begin_inset space ~
39053 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39057 \begin_layout Description
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39063 \begin_inset Index idx
39066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39073 \begin_inset Index idx
39076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39077 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39082 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39083 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39084 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39089 \begin_inset Index idx
39092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39093 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39099 \begin_inset Newline newline
39102 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39106 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39114 and this Wiki-page:
39115 \begin_inset Newline newline
39119 \begin_inset Flex URL
39122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39124 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39132 \begin_layout Subsection
39136 \begin_layout Standard
39137 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39140 \begin_layout Description
39141 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39142 \begin_inset script superscript
39144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39153 \begin_layout Description
39154 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39155 \begin_inset script subscript
39157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39166 \begin_layout Description
39168 \begin_inset space ~
39171 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39172 \begin_inset space ~
39176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39178 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39185 \begin_layout Description
39187 \begin_inset space ~
39190 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39191 \begin_inset space ~
39195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39197 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39204 \begin_layout Description
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39209 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39210 \begin_inset space ~
39214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39216 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39223 \begin_layout Description
39225 \begin_inset space ~
39228 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39229 \begin_inset space ~
39233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39235 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39242 \begin_layout Description
39244 \begin_inset space ~
39247 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39248 \begin_inset space ~
39252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39254 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39261 \begin_layout Description
39263 \begin_inset space ~
39266 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39267 \begin_inset space ~
39271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39273 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39280 \begin_layout Description
39281 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39282 \begin_inset space ~
39286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39288 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39295 \begin_layout Description
39297 \begin_inset space ~
39300 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39307 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39314 \begin_layout Description
39316 \begin_inset space ~
39319 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39320 \begin_inset space ~
39324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39326 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39333 \begin_layout Description
39335 \begin_inset space ~
39339 \begin_inset space ~
39342 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39343 \begin_inset space ~
39347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39349 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39356 \begin_layout Description
39358 \begin_inset space ~
39361 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39362 text line to the page border, see section
39363 \begin_inset space ~
39367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39369 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39376 \begin_layout Description
39378 \begin_inset space ~
39381 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39382 \begin_inset space ~
39386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39388 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39395 \begin_layout Description
39397 \begin_inset space ~
39400 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39401 text page to the page border, described in section
39402 \begin_inset space ~
39406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39408 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39415 \begin_layout Description
39417 \begin_inset space ~
39420 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39427 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39434 \begin_layout Description
39436 \begin_inset space ~
39440 \begin_inset space ~
39443 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39444 \begin_inset space ~
39448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39450 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39457 \begin_layout Subsection
39461 \begin_layout Standard
39462 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39463 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39465 \begin_inset space ~
39469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39471 reference "sec:toc"
39476 The index list is described in section
39477 \begin_inset space ~
39481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39483 reference "sec:Index"
39487 , the nomenclature in section
39488 \begin_inset space ~
39492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39494 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39498 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39499 \begin_inset space ~
39503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39505 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39512 \begin_layout Subsection
39516 \begin_layout Standard
39517 To insert floats, described in section
39518 \begin_inset space ~
39522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39524 reference "sec:Floats"
39531 \begin_layout Subsection
39535 \begin_layout Standard
39536 To insert notes, described in section
39537 \begin_inset space ~
39541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39543 reference "sec:Notes"
39550 \begin_layout Subsection
39554 \begin_layout Standard
39555 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39556 \begin_inset space ~
39560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39562 reference "sec:Branches"
39569 \begin_layout Subsection
39573 \begin_layout Standard
39574 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39575 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39577 An example is the document class
39578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39585 with three custom insets.
39588 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39594 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39597 \begin_layout Subsection
39599 \begin_inset Index idx
39602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39611 \begin_layout Standard
39612 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39613 files in your document.
39614 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39621 \begin_inset space ~
39629 \begin_layout Subsection
39631 \begin_inset Index idx
39634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39643 \begin_layout Standard
39644 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39645 \begin_inset space ~
39649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39651 reference "sec:Minipages"
39656 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_layout Subsection
39675 \begin_layout Standard
39676 Inserts a citation as described in section
39677 \begin_inset space ~
39681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39683 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39690 \begin_layout Subsection
39694 \begin_layout Standard
39695 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39696 \begin_inset space ~
39700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39702 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39709 \begin_layout Subsection
39713 \begin_layout Standard
39714 Inserts a label as described in section
39715 \begin_inset space ~
39719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39721 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39728 \begin_layout Subsection
39730 \begin_inset Index idx
39733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39740 \begin_inset Index idx
39743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39744 Longtables ! Caption
39752 \begin_layout Standard
39753 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39754 Floats are described in section
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39761 reference "sec:Floats"
39765 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39772 \begin_inset space ~
39780 \begin_layout Subsection
39784 \begin_layout Standard
39785 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39786 \begin_inset space ~
39790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39792 reference "sec:Index"
39799 \begin_layout Subsection
39803 \begin_layout Standard
39804 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39811 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39818 \begin_layout Subsection
39822 \begin_layout Standard
39824 Tables are described in section
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39831 reference "sec:Tables"
39838 \begin_layout Subsection
39842 \begin_layout Standard
39844 Graphics are described in section
39845 \begin_inset space ~
39849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39851 reference "sec:Graphics"
39858 \begin_layout Subsection
39862 \begin_layout Standard
39863 Inserts an URL as described in section
39864 \begin_inset space ~
39868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39870 reference "sub:URLs"
39877 \begin_layout Subsection
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39882 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39889 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39896 \begin_layout Subsection
39900 \begin_layout Standard
39901 Inserts a footnote, see section
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39908 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39915 \begin_layout Subsection
39919 \begin_layout Standard
39920 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39927 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39934 \begin_layout Subsection
39938 \begin_layout Standard
39939 Inserts a short title, see section
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39946 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39953 \begin_layout Subsection
39957 \begin_layout Standard
39958 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39965 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39972 \begin_layout Subsection
39974 \begin_inset Index idx
39977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39986 \begin_layout Standard
39987 Inserts a program listings box.
39988 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39990 Program Code Listings
39995 \begin_inset space ~
40003 \begin_layout Subsection
40007 \begin_layout Standard
40008 Inserts the actual date.
40009 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40011 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40027 \begin_layout Section
40029 \begin_inset Index idx
40032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40041 \begin_layout Standard
40042 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40043 \begin_inset space ~
40046 of the current document.
40047 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40050 \begin_layout Subsection
40054 \begin_layout Standard
40055 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40056 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40062 \begin_inset space \space{}
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40070 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40071 \begin_inset space ~
40074 2.5 and use the menu
40077 \begin_inset space ~
40081 \begin_inset space ~
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40094 \begin_inset space ~
40098 \begin_inset space ~
40104 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40108 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40114 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40120 \begin_layout Standard
40121 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40122 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40125 \begin_layout Subsection
40126 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40129 \begin_layout Standard
40130 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40134 \begin_layout Subsection
40138 \begin_layout Standard
40139 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40140 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40141 on a cross-reference box.
40144 \begin_layout Subsection
40148 \begin_layout Standard
40149 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40150 in the output, see section
40153 \begin_inset space ~
40161 \begin_inset space ~
40166 manual for a detailed description.
40169 \begin_layout Section
40171 \begin_inset Index idx
40174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40183 \begin_layout Subsection
40187 \begin_layout Standard
40188 Change Tracking is described in section
40189 \begin_inset space ~
40193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40195 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40202 \begin_layout Subsection
40207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40217 \begin_layout Standard
40218 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40220 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40223 \begin_layout Standard
40224 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40229 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40232 \begin_layout Subsection
40236 \begin_layout Standard
40237 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40238 \begin_inset space ~
40242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40244 reference "sec:Navigating"
40249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40251 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40258 \begin_layout Subsection
40259 Start Appendix Here
40262 \begin_layout Standard
40263 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40264 position as described in section
40265 \begin_inset space ~
40269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40271 reference "sec:Appendices"
40278 \begin_layout Subsection
40282 \begin_layout Standard
40283 Un/compresses the current document.
40286 \begin_layout Subsection
40290 \begin_layout Standard
40291 The document settings are described in appendix
40292 \begin_inset space ~
40296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40298 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40305 \begin_layout Section
40307 \begin_inset Index idx
40310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40319 \begin_layout Subsection
40323 \begin_layout Standard
40324 Spell checking is explained in section
40325 \begin_inset space ~
40329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40331 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40338 \begin_layout Subsection
40342 \begin_layout Standard
40343 The thesaurus is described in section
40344 \begin_inset space ~
40348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40350 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40357 \begin_layout Subsection
40359 \begin_inset Index idx
40362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40369 \begin_inset Index idx
40372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40381 \begin_layout Standard
40382 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40386 \begin_layout Subsection
40388 \begin_inset Index idx
40391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40400 \begin_layout Standard
40401 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40404 \begin_layout Subsection
40406 \begin_inset Index idx
40409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40410 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40421 Reconfiguration of LyX
40425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40438 \begin_inset Index idx
40441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40442 Reconfiguration of LyX
40450 \begin_layout Standard
40451 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40452 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40453 \begin_inset space ~
40457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40459 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40466 \begin_layout Subsection
40470 \begin_layout Standard
40471 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40472 \begin_inset space ~
40476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40478 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
40485 \begin_layout Section
40487 \begin_inset Index idx
40490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40499 \begin_layout Standard
40500 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40502 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40505 \begin_layout Standard
40509 \begin_inset space ~
40514 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40515 found by LyX (see also section
40516 \begin_inset space ~
40520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40522 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40529 \begin_layout Section
40531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40533 name "sec:Toolbars"
40540 \begin_layout Standard
40541 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40542 \begin_inset space ~
40546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40548 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40555 \begin_layout Standard
40556 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40557 This is described in the
40559 Additional Features
40564 \begin_layout Subsection
40566 \begin_inset Index idx
40569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40578 \begin_layout Standard
40579 \begin_inset Graphics
40580 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40588 \begin_layout Standard
40589 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40595 \begin_layout Standard
40596 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40613 \begin_inset Note Note
40616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40617 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40622 manual for more information.
40630 \begin_layout Standard
40631 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40637 \begin_layout Standard
40638 \begin_inset Tabular
40639 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40640 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40642 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40648 \begin_inset Graphics
40649 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40663 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40676 \begin_layout Standard
40677 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40683 \begin_layout Standard
40685 \begin_inset Tabular
40686 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40687 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40688 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40689 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40690 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40713 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40743 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40750 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40773 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40789 arg "dialog-show print"
40797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40803 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40819 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40833 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40893 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40923 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40953 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40983 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40999 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41013 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41037 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41051 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41052 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41059 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41080 Emphasize text, function of the
41082 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41084 \begin_inset space ~
41095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41116 Set text to noun style, function of the
41118 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41120 \begin_inset space ~
41131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41140 arg "textstyle-apply"
41148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 Formats text using the current settings in the
41154 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41156 \begin_inset space ~
41167 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41191 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41193 \begin_inset space ~
41202 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41211 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41232 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41239 arg "tabular-insert"
41247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41269 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41281 Toggle outline window on/off,
41283 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41311 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41326 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41338 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41351 \begin_layout Subsection
41353 \begin_inset Index idx
41356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41365 \begin_layout Standard
41366 \begin_inset Graphics
41367 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41375 \begin_layout Standard
41376 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41382 \begin_layout Standard
41383 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41387 \begin_layout Standard
41388 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41394 \begin_layout Standard
41395 \begin_inset Tabular
41396 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41397 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41398 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41399 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41400 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41436 arg "layout Enumerate"
41444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41463 arg "layout Itemize"
41471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41517 arg "layout Description"
41525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41544 arg "depth-increment"
41552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41558 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41560 \begin_inset space ~
41564 \begin_inset space ~
41573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41582 arg "depth-decrement"
41590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41598 \begin_inset space ~
41602 \begin_inset space ~
41611 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41620 arg "float-insert figure"
41628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41635 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41651 arg "float-insert table"
41659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41666 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41673 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41696 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41712 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41726 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41742 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41763 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41788 \begin_inset space ~
41797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41806 arg "nomencl-insert"
41814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41822 \begin_inset space ~
41831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41840 arg "footnote-insert"
41848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41870 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41886 \begin_inset space ~
41895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41919 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41921 \begin_inset space ~
41930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41939 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42030 \begin_inset space ~
42039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42063 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42070 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42079 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42094 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42096 \begin_inset space ~
42105 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42114 arg "dialog-show character"
42122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42128 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42130 \begin_inset space ~
42139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42148 arg "layout-paragraph"
42156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42162 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42164 \begin_inset space ~
42173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42182 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42210 \begin_layout Subsection
42211 View / Update Toolbar
42212 \begin_inset Index idx
42215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42216 Toolbar ! View / Update
42224 \begin_layout Standard
42225 \begin_inset Graphics
42226 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42233 \begin_layout Standard
42234 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42240 \begin_layout Standard
42241 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42245 \begin_layout Standard
42246 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42252 \begin_layout Standard
42253 \begin_inset Tabular
42254 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42255 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42256 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42257 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42281 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42297 arg "buffer-update"
42305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42311 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42318 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42327 arg "master-buffer-view"
42335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42341 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42357 arg "master-buffer-update"
42365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42371 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42373 \begin_inset space ~
42382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42391 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42405 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42406 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42407 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42408 Synchronize with Output
42414 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42419 \begin_inset Graphics
42420 filename ../images/view-others.png
42422 groupId toolbarbuttons
42433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42439 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42440 View (Other Formats)
42446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 \begin_inset Graphics
42452 filename ../images/update-others.png
42454 groupId toolbarbuttons
42463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42469 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42470 Update (Other Formats)
42483 \begin_layout Standard
42484 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42488 \begin_layout Subsection
42492 \begin_layout Standard
42493 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42494 \begin_inset space ~
42498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42500 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42504 , the table toolbar
42505 \begin_inset Index idx
42508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42517 \begin_inset space ~
42522 manual, the math macro toolbar
42523 \begin_inset Index idx
42526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42539 \begin_layout Chapter
42540 The Document Settings
42541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42543 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
42548 \begin_inset Index idx
42551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42552 Document ! Settings
42560 \begin_layout Standard
42561 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42562 whole document and is called with the menu
42564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42568 You can save your document settings as default with th
42570 e Save as Document Defaults
42572 button in the dialog.
42573 This will create a template named
42577 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42581 \begin_layout Standard
42582 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42585 \begin_layout Section
42589 \begin_layout Standard
42590 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42592 Document classes are described in section
42593 \begin_inset space ~
42597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42599 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42604 Some classes use some class options by default.
42605 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42609 and you can decide to use them or not.
42610 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42611 recommended not to touch them.
42616 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
42621 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42622 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42628 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42629 \begin_inset Newline newline
42634 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42637 \begin_inset Newline newline
42640 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42645 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42647 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42659 \begin_layout Standard
42660 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42661 child or subdocument.
42662 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42663 without its master.
42664 This way child documents are always compilable.
42665 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42672 \begin_inset space ~
42680 \begin_layout Standard
42681 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
42691 \begin_inset Index idx
42694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42695 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
42701 \begin_inset Index idx
42704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42705 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
42710 for cross-references, see sec.
42711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42717 reference "sec:Cross-References"
42724 \begin_layout Section
42728 \begin_layout Standard
42729 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42730 Please refer to the section
42733 \begin_inset space ~
42741 \begin_inset space ~
42746 manual for details.
42749 \begin_layout Section
42753 \begin_layout Standard
42754 Modules are explained in section
42755 \begin_inset space ~
42759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42761 reference "sub:Modules"
42768 \begin_layout Section
42772 \begin_layout Standard
42773 The document font settings are described in section
42774 \begin_inset space ~
42778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42780 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42787 \begin_layout Section
42791 \begin_layout Standard
42792 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42794 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42798 \begin_layout Standard
42799 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42800 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42801 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42804 \begin_layout Standard
42805 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
42809 \begin_inset space ~
42817 \begin_layout Section
42821 \begin_layout Standard
42822 A description of this menu is given in section
42823 \begin_inset space ~
42827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42829 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
42834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42836 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42843 \begin_layout Section
42847 \begin_layout Standard
42848 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42849 \begin_inset space ~
42853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42855 reference "sub:Margins"
42862 \begin_layout Section
42864 \begin_inset Index idx
42867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42868 Language ! Encoding
42876 \begin_layout Standard
42877 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42878 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42879 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42880 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42881 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42882 known for a particular character).
42886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42887 The known commands are defined in a text file.
42888 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42893 manual for details.
42901 \begin_layout Standard
42902 If you use the option
42906 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42907 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42908 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42909 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42910 exactly one encoding.
42911 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
42914 \begin_layout Standard
42915 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42916 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42917 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42918 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42919 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42920 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42925 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42926 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42927 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42928 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42929 engines to standard LaTeX.
42930 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42931 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42934 \begin_inset space ~
42941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42953 \begin_inset space ~
42960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42972 \begin_inset space ~
42978 \begin_inset space ~
42982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42984 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42988 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42991 \begin_layout Standard
42992 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42995 \begin_layout Description
42997 \begin_inset space ~
43001 \begin_inset space ~
43005 \begin_inset space ~
43012 , but the LaTeX-package
43017 \begin_inset Index idx
43020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43021 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43027 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43028 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43029 languages in TeX code.
43032 \begin_layout Description
43033 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43034 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43035 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43038 \begin_layout Description
43040 \begin_inset space ~
43044 \begin_inset space ~
43047 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43050 \begin_layout Description
43052 \begin_inset space ~
43056 \begin_inset space ~
43059 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43062 \begin_layout Description
43064 \begin_inset space ~
43067 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43070 \begin_layout Description
43072 \begin_inset space ~
43076 \begin_inset space ~
43079 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43080 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43083 \begin_layout Description
43085 \begin_inset space ~
43089 \begin_inset space ~
43092 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43096 \begin_layout Description
43098 \begin_inset space ~
43102 \begin_inset space ~
43105 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43106 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43109 \begin_layout Description
43111 \begin_inset space ~
43115 \begin_inset space ~
43119 \begin_inset space ~
43122 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43123 \begin_inset space ~
43129 \begin_layout Description
43131 \begin_inset space ~
43135 \begin_inset space ~
43139 \begin_inset space ~
43142 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43143 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43146 \begin_layout Description
43148 \begin_inset space ~
43152 \begin_inset space ~
43155 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43156 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43157 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43158 \begin_inset space ~
43162 \begin_inset space ~
43168 \begin_layout Description
43170 \begin_inset space ~
43174 \begin_inset space ~
43177 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43178 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43179 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43180 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43181 \begin_inset space ~
43185 \begin_inset space ~
43191 \begin_layout Description
43193 \begin_inset space ~
43197 \begin_inset space ~
43200 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43203 \begin_layout Description
43205 \begin_inset space ~
43209 \begin_inset space ~
43212 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43215 \begin_layout Description
43217 \begin_inset space ~
43221 \begin_inset space ~
43224 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43227 \begin_layout Description
43229 \begin_inset space ~
43232 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43235 \begin_layout Description
43237 \begin_inset space ~
43240 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43243 \begin_layout Description
43245 \begin_inset space ~
43249 \begin_inset space ~
43252 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43255 \begin_layout Description
43257 \begin_inset space ~
43261 \begin_inset space ~
43267 \begin_layout Description
43269 \begin_inset space ~
43273 \begin_inset space ~
43276 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43279 \begin_layout Description
43281 \begin_inset space ~
43285 \begin_inset space ~
43291 \begin_layout Description
43293 \begin_inset space ~
43297 \begin_inset space ~
43300 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43305 \begin_inset Index idx
43308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43309 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43314 , when using this, set the document language to
43319 \begin_layout Description
43321 \begin_inset space ~
43325 \begin_inset space ~
43328 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43332 , when using this, set the document language to
43335 \begin_inset space ~
43341 \begin_layout Description
43343 \begin_inset space ~
43347 \begin_inset space ~
43350 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43355 \begin_inset Index idx
43358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43359 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43364 , when using this, set the document language to
43369 \begin_layout Description
43371 \begin_inset space ~
43375 \begin_inset space ~
43378 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43382 , when using this, set the document language to
43387 \begin_layout Description
43389 \begin_inset space ~
43393 \begin_inset space ~
43396 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43400 , when using this, set the document language to
43405 \begin_layout Description
43407 \begin_inset space ~
43410 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43413 \begin_layout Description
43415 \begin_inset space ~
43419 \begin_inset space ~
43423 \begin_inset space ~
43426 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43429 \begin_layout Description
43431 \begin_inset space ~
43435 \begin_inset space ~
43439 \begin_inset space ~
43442 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43443 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43444 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43447 \begin_layout Description
43449 \begin_inset space ~
43453 \begin_inset space ~
43459 \begin_layout Description
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43465 \begin_inset space ~
43468 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43469 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43472 \begin_layout Description
43474 \begin_inset space ~
43478 \begin_inset space ~
43481 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43486 \begin_inset Index idx
43489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43490 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43495 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43498 \begin_layout Description
43500 \begin_inset space ~
43504 \begin_inset space ~
43507 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43515 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43520 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43522 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43525 \begin_layout Description
43527 \begin_inset space ~
43531 \begin_inset space ~
43534 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43539 \begin_inset Index idx
43542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43543 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43548 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43551 \begin_layout Description
43553 \begin_inset space ~
43556 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43561 \begin_inset Index idx
43564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43565 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43571 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43575 \begin_layout Description
43577 \begin_inset space ~
43581 \begin_inset space ~
43585 \begin_inset space ~
43588 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43589 \begin_inset space ~
43595 \begin_layout Description
43597 \begin_inset space ~
43601 \begin_inset space ~
43605 \begin_inset space ~
43608 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43609 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43610 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43614 \begin_layout Description
43616 \begin_inset space ~
43620 \begin_inset space ~
43624 \begin_inset space ~
43627 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43628 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43631 \begin_layout Standard
43632 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43636 LatexCommand formatted
43637 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43641 for more information on the language package.
43644 \begin_layout Section
43648 \begin_layout Standard
43649 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43650 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43651 \begin_inset space ~
43655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43657 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43664 \begin_layout Section
43668 \begin_layout Standard
43669 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43674 \begin_inset Index idx
43677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43678 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43688 \begin_inset Index idx
43691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43692 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43697 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43702 \begin_inset Index idx
43705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43706 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43711 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43713 For a further description see section
43714 \begin_inset space ~
43718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43720 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43727 \begin_layout Section
43731 \begin_layout Standard
43732 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43733 and you can define additional indexes.
43734 Please refer to section
43735 \begin_inset space ~
43739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43741 reference "sec:Index"
43748 \begin_layout Section
43752 \begin_layout Standard
43753 The PDF properties are explained in section
43754 \begin_inset space ~
43758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43760 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43767 \begin_layout Section
43771 \begin_layout Standard
43772 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43777 \begin_inset Index idx
43780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43781 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43791 \begin_inset Index idx
43794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43795 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43800 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43803 \begin_layout Standard
43808 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43809 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
43812 \begin_layout Standard
43817 is used for special integral characters.
43820 \begin_layout Section
43824 \begin_layout Standard
43825 The float placement options are described in section
43828 \begin_inset space ~
43836 \begin_inset space ~
43844 \begin_layout Section
43848 \begin_layout Standard
43849 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
43850 The itemize environment is described in section
43851 \begin_inset space ~
43855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43857 reference "sec:Itemize"
43864 \begin_layout Section
43868 \begin_layout Standard
43869 Branches are described in section
43870 \begin_inset space ~
43874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43876 reference "sec:Branches"
43883 \begin_layout Section
43885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43887 name "sec:Doc-Output"
43894 \begin_layout Standard
43895 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
43898 \begin_layout Description
43900 \begin_inset space ~
43904 \begin_inset space ~
43907 Format: The format that is used when you hit
43908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43927 View Master Document
43928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43935 Update Master Document
43936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43943 menu or the toolbar.
43944 The default is set in
43946 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43947 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43952 LatexCommand formatted
43953 reference "sec:File-Formats"
43960 \begin_layout Description
43962 \begin_inset space ~
43966 \begin_inset space ~
43970 \begin_inset Note Note
43973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43982 \begin_layout Description
43984 \begin_inset space ~
43988 \begin_inset space ~
43992 \begin_inset Note Note
43995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44004 \begin_layout Section
44009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44019 \begin_layout Standard
44020 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44021 to define LaTeX-commands.
44022 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44023 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44027 \begin_layout Standard
44028 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44029 \begin_inset space ~
44033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44035 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44042 \begin_layout Chapter
44048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44050 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
44055 \begin_inset Index idx
44058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44067 \begin_layout Standard
44068 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44070 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44074 It has the following submenus.
44077 \begin_layout Section
44081 \begin_layout Subsection
44085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44086 User Interface File
44087 \begin_inset Index idx
44090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44091 Customization ! of toolbars
44097 \begin_inset Index idx
44100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44101 Customization ! of menus
44109 \begin_layout Standard
44110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44118 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44127 \begin_layout Standard
44128 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44129 interface (ui) file.
44130 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44131 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44140 Both files are loaded by the
44145 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44146 files and edit the entries.
44149 \begin_layout Standard
44150 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44162 entries must be ended with an explicit
44187 and in the case of the
44188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44200 The syntax for the entries is:
44203 \begin_layout Standard
44204 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44232 \begin_layout Standard
44234 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44237 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44239 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44249 \begin_layout Standard
44250 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44256 \begin_layout Standard
44257 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44259 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44262 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44266 \begin_layout Standard
44267 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44291 \begin_layout Standard
44293 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44296 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44299 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44303 \begin_layout Standard
44306 Enable tool tips in main work area
44308 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44312 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44316 \begin_layout Standard
44320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44327 restoring of window layout and geometries
44329 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44330 in the last LyX session.
44333 \begin_layout Standard
44336 Restore cursor positions
44338 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44342 \begin_layout Standard
44345 Load opened files from last session
44347 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44350 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44354 name "sub:Backup documents"
44359 \begin_inset Index idx
44362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44371 \begin_layout Standard
44376 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44379 \begin_layout Standard
44384 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44387 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44389 \begin_inset space ~
44397 \begin_layout Standard
44400 Open documents in tabs
44402 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44406 \begin_layout Subsection
44408 \begin_inset Index idx
44411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44420 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44427 \begin_layout Standard
44428 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44431 \begin_layout Standard
44432 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44440 This section only deals with the fonts
44445 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44448 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44449 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44460 \begin_layout Standard
44461 By default, LyX uses
44465 as roman (serif) font,
44473 (depends on the system) as
44476 \begin_inset space ~
44492 \begin_layout Standard
44493 You can change the font size with the
44498 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44499 current LyX session by pressing
44503 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44506 \begin_layout Standard
44511 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44512 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44517 points have the size of 1
44518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44522 \begin_inset space ~
44526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44528 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44535 \begin_layout Standard
44540 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44545 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44546 \begin_inset space ~
44550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44552 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44559 \begin_layout Standard
44562 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44564 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44565 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44566 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44567 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44569 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44570 \begin_inset space ~
44576 \begin_layout Subsection
44578 \begin_inset Index idx
44581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44588 \begin_inset Index idx
44591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44600 \begin_layout Standard
44601 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44602 Choose an item in the list and use the
44609 \begin_layout Subsection
44611 \begin_inset Index idx
44614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44623 \begin_layout Standard
44624 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44627 \begin_layout Standard
44632 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44633 This feature is described in section
44634 \begin_inset space ~
44638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44640 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44647 \begin_layout Standard
44651 \begin_inset space ~
44655 \begin_inset space ~
44659 \begin_inset space ~
44664 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44667 \begin_layout Section
44669 \begin_inset Index idx
44672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44681 \begin_layout Subsection
44685 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44689 \begin_layout Standard
44692 Cursor follows scrollbar
44694 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44698 \begin_layout Standard
44699 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44704 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44705 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44708 \begin_layout Standard
44711 Sort environments alphabetically
44713 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44716 \begin_layout Standard
44719 Group environments by their category
44721 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44724 \begin_layout Standard
44725 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44737 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44741 \begin_layout Standard
44742 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44747 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44748 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44752 \begin_layout Subsection
44754 \begin_inset Index idx
44757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44764 \begin_inset Index idx
44767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44768 Settings ! Shortcuts
44776 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44780 \begin_layout Standard
44781 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
44782 Several binding files are available:
44785 \begin_layout Description
44786 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
44789 \begin_layout Description
44790 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
44801 \begin_layout Description
44802 mac.bind set of bindings for
44805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44813 \begin_layout Standard
44814 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
44818 , and bind files for special languages.
44819 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
44820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44824 \begin_inset space \space{}
44828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44836 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
44840 \begin_layout Standard
44841 Some bind-files, like
44845 , have only a small scope.
44846 When looking at the end of the file
44850 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
44853 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44857 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
44862 \begin_inset Index idx
44865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44866 Key Bindings ! Editing
44874 \begin_layout Standard
44875 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
44876 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
44877 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
44880 Show key-bindings containing
44883 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
44884 Insert there for example as keyword
44885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44892 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
44894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44902 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
44903 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
44907 that you will find in the
44914 \begin_layout Standard
44916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44920 \begin_inset space \space{}
44931 , select the function and press the
44936 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44937 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44938 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44939 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44940 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44942 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44944 The binding for the function
44948 is an example of this.
44951 \begin_layout Standard
44952 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44954 The syntax of the entries is:
44957 \begin_layout Standard
44963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44981 \begin_layout Subsection
44983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44985 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44990 \begin_inset Index idx
44993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45000 \begin_inset Index idx
45003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45004 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45012 \begin_layout Standard
45013 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45014 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45020 \begin_inset space \space{}
45023 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45024 can use the keyboard map file named
45031 \begin_layout Standard
45032 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45040 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45048 \begin_layout Standard
45049 Besides this, you can specify here the
45051 Wheel scrolling speed
45054 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45058 \begin_layout Subsection
45060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45062 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45067 \begin_inset Index idx
45070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45079 \begin_layout Standard
45080 Input completion is described in sec.
45081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45087 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45092 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45094 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45095 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45099 \begin_layout Section
45101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45108 \begin_inset Index idx
45111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45118 \begin_inset Index idx
45121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45130 \begin_layout Description
45132 \begin_inset space ~
45135 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45136 It is the default when you
45147 \begin_inset space ~
45155 \begin_layout Description
45157 \begin_inset space ~
45160 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45162 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45164 \begin_inset space ~
45168 \begin_inset space ~
45176 \begin_layout Description
45178 \begin_inset space ~
45181 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45187 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45191 \begin_inset Newline newline
45195 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45207 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45215 \begin_layout Description
45217 \begin_inset space ~
45221 \begin_inset Index idx
45224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45230 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45231 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45232 \begin_inset space ~
45236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45238 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45246 will be used to save the backups.
45247 \begin_inset Newline newline
45250 The backup files have the ending
45251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45261 \begin_layout Description
45266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45273 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45274 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45275 \begin_inset Newline newline
45282 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45283 You can edit this file with the program
45292 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45295 \begin_inset space ~
45301 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45306 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45307 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45313 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45314 \begin_inset Newline newline
45318 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45326 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45334 \begin_layout Description
45336 \begin_inset space ~
45339 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45342 \begin_layout Description
45344 \begin_inset space ~
45347 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45348 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45349 to find it on the system.
45350 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45351 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45360 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45361 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45365 \begin_layout Section
45369 \begin_layout Standard
45370 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45371 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45373 \begin_inset space ~
45377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45379 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45383 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45386 \begin_layout Section
45388 \begin_inset Index idx
45391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45392 Language ! Settings
45398 \begin_inset Index idx
45401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45402 Settings ! Language
45410 \begin_layout Subsection
45412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45414 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45421 \begin_layout Description
45423 \begin_inset space ~
45427 \begin_inset space ~
45430 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45431 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45432 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45433 You find the actual translation status here:
45434 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45436 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45437 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45444 \begin_layout Description
45446 \begin_inset space ~
45449 language is the language used in new documents
45452 \begin_layout Description
45454 \begin_inset space ~
45457 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45459 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45460 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45477 The most widespread language package is
45481 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45482 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45483 with an alternative language package (
45487 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45488 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45490 \begin_inset Newline newline
45493 The available selections are:
45497 \begin_layout Itemize
45507 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
45511 \begin_layout Itemize
45517 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
45518 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
45519 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
45522 \begin_layout Itemize
45528 Lets you load some other language package (via
45541 \begin_layout Itemize
45547 Loads no language package at all
45551 \begin_layout Description
45553 \begin_inset space ~
45557 \begin_inset space ~
45560 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45564 \begin_layout Description
45566 \begin_inset space ~
45569 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45570 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45571 An example is the start command
45577 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45597 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45602 \begin_layout Description
45604 \begin_inset space ~
45612 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45613 command toggles the package on and off.
45616 \begin_layout Description
45618 \begin_inset space ~
45622 \begin_inset space ~
45625 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45626 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45627 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45628 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45635 \begin_layout Description
45637 \begin_inset space ~
45640 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45642 When this option is not set, the
45645 \begin_inset space ~
45650 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45651 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45654 \begin_inset space ~
45662 \begin_layout Description
45664 \begin_inset space ~
45670 \begin_inset space ~
45676 When it is not set, the
45679 \begin_inset space ~
45684 is set to the end of the document.
45687 \begin_layout Description
45689 \begin_inset space ~
45693 \begin_inset space ~
45696 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45697 language will be underlined blue.
45700 \begin_layout Description
45702 \begin_inset space ~
45706 \begin_inset space ~
45709 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45710 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45713 \begin_layout Description
45715 \begin_inset space ~
45718 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45719 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45720 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45721 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45724 \begin_layout Subsection
45728 \begin_layout Standard
45729 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45730 \begin_inset space ~
45734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45736 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45743 \begin_layout Section
45747 \begin_layout Subsection
45749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45756 \begin_inset Index idx
45759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45766 \begin_inset Index idx
45769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45778 \begin_layout Description
45780 \begin_inset space ~
45783 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45784 The name will be used when the
45789 \begin_inset Newline newline
45793 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45801 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45809 \begin_layout Description
45811 \begin_inset space ~
45814 command is the command LyX
45815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45822 LaTeX uses for printing.
45823 The default is on most systems
45830 \begin_layout Description
45832 \begin_inset space ~
45836 \begin_inset space ~
45839 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45840 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45841 of the program that provides the
45848 \begin_layout Description
45850 \begin_inset space ~
45854 \begin_inset space ~
45858 \begin_inset space ~
45861 printer This option works only for the
45866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45878 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45879 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45882 \begin_layout Subsection
45884 \begin_inset Index idx
45887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45894 \begin_inset Index idx
45897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45898 Settings ! Date format
45906 \begin_layout Standard
45907 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45908 \begin_inset Newline newline
45912 \begin_inset Flex URL
45915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45917 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45923 \begin_inset Newline newline
45926 For example the format
45927 \begin_inset Newline newline
45931 \begin_inset Newline newline
45934 prints the date as day/month/year.
45937 \begin_layout Subsection
45941 \begin_layout Description
45943 \begin_inset space ~
45947 \begin_inset space ~
45950 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45953 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45954 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45956 \begin_inset space ~
45962 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45966 \begin_layout Description
45968 \begin_inset space ~
45971 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45976 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45977 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45980 \begin_layout Subsection
45985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45995 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46000 \begin_inset Index idx
46003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46012 \begin_layout Description
46014 \begin_inset space ~
46021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46029 \begin_inset space ~
46033 \begin_inset space ~
46036 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46041 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46063 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46076 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46077 LyX sets up in the background.
46078 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46081 \begin_layout Description
46083 \begin_inset space ~
46087 \begin_inset space ~
46090 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46095 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46098 \begin_layout Standard
46099 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46100 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46101 manuals of the applications.
46102 Currently the following commands can be set:
46105 \begin_layout Description
46110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46118 \begin_inset space ~
46121 command Command for the program
46125 that is described in the section
46131 Additional Features
46136 \begin_layout Description
46141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46149 \begin_inset space ~
46152 command Command for the program
46156 that generates the bibliography, see section
46157 \begin_inset space ~
46161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46163 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46170 \begin_layout Description
46172 \begin_inset space ~
46175 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46176 \begin_inset space ~
46180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46182 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46189 \begin_layout Description
46191 \begin_inset space ~
46194 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46195 \begin_inset space ~
46199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46201 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46208 \begin_layout Description
46210 \begin_inset space ~
46214 \begin_inset space ~
46218 \begin_inset space ~
46222 \begin_inset space ~
46225 options They only have an effect when the program
46229 is used as DVI-viewer.
46232 \begin_layout Standard
46233 There are additionally the following options:
46236 \begin_layout Description
46238 \begin_inset space ~
46242 \begin_inset space ~
46246 \begin_inset space ~
46250 \begin_inset space ~
46254 \begin_inset space ~
46257 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46275 to separate folders.
46276 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46277 \begin_inset Index idx
46280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46287 \begin_inset Index idx
46290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46299 \begin_layout Description
46301 \begin_inset space ~
46305 \begin_inset space ~
46309 \begin_inset space ~
46313 \begin_inset space ~
46317 \begin_inset space ~
46321 \begin_inset space ~
46324 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46329 dialog when changing the document class.
46332 \begin_layout Section
46334 \begin_inset space ~
46338 \begin_inset Index idx
46341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46350 \begin_layout Subsection
46352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46354 name "sub:Converters"
46359 \begin_inset Index idx
46362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46371 \begin_layout Standard
46372 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46373 from one format to another.
46374 You can modify them or create new ones.
46375 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46382 \begin_inset space ~
46392 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46396 \begin_inset space ~
46401 drop-down list, modify the
46405 field, and press the
46412 \begin_layout Standard
46415 Converter File Cache
46417 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46420 Maximum Age (in days
46423 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46424 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46427 \begin_layout Standard
46428 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46429 the converter definition, is described in the section
46440 \begin_layout Subsection
46442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46444 name "sec:File-Formats"
46449 \begin_inset Index idx
46452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46459 \begin_inset Index idx
46462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46471 \begin_layout Standard
46472 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46473 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46477 \begin_layout Standard
46478 Furthermore, you can define the
46479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46482 Default output format
46483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46486 that is used when you hit
46487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46506 View Master Document
46507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46514 Update Master Document
46515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46518 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46521 \begin_layout Standard
46522 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46523 is described in the section
46534 \begin_layout Standard
46535 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46536 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46537 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46538 This is done by specifying a
46543 More about this is described in the section
46554 \begin_layout Chapter
46555 Units available in LyX
46556 \begin_inset Index idx
46559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46568 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46575 \begin_layout Standard
46576 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46579 reference "cap:Units"
46583 explains all units available in LyX.
46586 \begin_layout Standard
46587 \begin_inset Float table
46593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46594 \begin_inset Caption
46596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46612 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46620 \begin_inset Tabular
46621 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46622 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46624 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46775 scaled point (65536
46776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46836 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46864 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46891 % of original image width
46898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47105 \begin_layout Chapter
47107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47116 \begin_layout Standard
47117 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47118 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47121 \begin_layout Itemize
47124 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47127 \begin_layout Itemize
47133 \begin_layout Itemize
47139 \begin_layout Itemize
47145 \begin_layout Itemize
47151 \begin_layout Itemize
47157 \begin_layout Itemize
47163 \begin_layout Itemize
47169 \begin_layout Itemize
47172 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47175 \begin_layout Itemize
47181 \begin_layout Itemize
47187 \begin_layout Itemize
47193 \begin_layout Itemize
47199 \begin_layout Itemize
47205 \begin_layout Itemize
47211 \begin_layout Itemize
47217 \begin_layout Itemize
47223 \begin_layout Itemize
47225 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47234 \begin_layout Standard
47235 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47238 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47245 \begin_layout Bibliography
47246 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47247 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47248 LatexCommand bibitem
47255 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47258 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47263 \begin_inset Newline newline
47267 \begin_inset Flex URL
47270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47272 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47280 \begin_layout Bibliography
47281 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47282 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47283 LatexCommand bibitem
47284 key "latexcompanion"
47288 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47290 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47293 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47296 \begin_layout Bibliography
47297 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47298 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47299 LatexCommand bibitem
47304 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47307 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47310 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47313 \begin_layout Bibliography
47314 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47315 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47316 LatexCommand bibitem
47323 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47326 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47329 \begin_layout Bibliography
47330 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47331 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47332 LatexCommand bibitem
47344 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47347 \begin_layout Bibliography
47348 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47349 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47350 LatexCommand bibitem
47356 \begin_inset Newline newline
47360 \begin_inset Flex URL
47363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47365 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47373 \begin_layout Bibliography
47374 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47375 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47376 LatexCommand bibitem
47382 \begin_inset Newline newline
47386 \begin_inset Flex URL
47389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47391 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47399 \begin_layout Bibliography
47400 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47401 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47402 LatexCommand bibitem
47408 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47410 name "Documentation"
47411 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47420 \begin_inset Newline newline
47424 \begin_inset Flex URL
47427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47429 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47437 \begin_layout Bibliography
47438 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47439 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47440 LatexCommand bibitem
47446 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47448 name "Documentation"
47449 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47453 how to use the program
47458 \begin_inset Newline newline
47462 \begin_inset Flex URL
47465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47467 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47475 \begin_layout Bibliography
47476 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47477 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47478 LatexCommand bibitem
47484 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47486 name "Documentation"
47487 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47496 \begin_inset Newline newline
47500 \begin_inset Flex URL
47503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47505 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47513 \begin_layout Bibliography
47514 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47515 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47516 LatexCommand bibitem
47522 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47524 name "Documentation"
47525 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47534 \begin_inset Newline newline
47538 \begin_inset Flex URL
47541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47543 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47551 \begin_layout Bibliography
47552 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47553 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47554 LatexCommand bibitem
47560 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47562 name "Documentation"
47563 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47567 of the LaTeX-package
47572 \begin_inset Index idx
47575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47576 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47582 \begin_inset Newline newline
47586 \begin_inset Flex URL
47589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47591 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47599 \begin_layout Bibliography
47600 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47601 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47602 LatexCommand bibitem
47608 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47610 name "Documentation"
47611 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47615 of the LaTeX-package
47620 \begin_inset Index idx
47623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47624 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
47630 \begin_inset Newline newline
47634 \begin_inset Flex URL
47637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47639 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
47647 \begin_layout Bibliography
47648 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47649 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47650 LatexCommand bibitem
47656 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47658 name "Documentation"
47659 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47663 of the LaTeX-package
47668 \begin_inset Index idx
47671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47672 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47678 \begin_inset Newline newline
47682 \begin_inset Flex URL
47685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47687 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47695 \begin_layout Bibliography
47696 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47697 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47698 LatexCommand bibitem
47706 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47708 name "Documentation"
47709 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47715 of the LaTeX-package
47720 \begin_inset Index idx
47723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47724 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47730 \begin_inset Newline newline
47734 \begin_inset Flex URL
47737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47739 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47747 \begin_layout Bibliography
47748 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47749 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47750 LatexCommand bibitem
47756 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47758 name "Documentation"
47759 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47763 of the LaTeX-package
47768 \begin_inset Index idx
47771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47772 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47778 \begin_inset Newline newline
47782 \begin_inset Flex URL
47785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47787 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47795 \begin_layout Bibliography
47796 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47797 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47798 LatexCommand bibitem
47804 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47806 name "Documentation"
47807 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
47811 of the LaTeX-package
47816 \begin_inset Index idx
47819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47820 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
47826 \begin_inset Newline newline
47830 \begin_inset Flex URL
47833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47835 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
47843 \begin_layout Bibliography
47844 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47845 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47846 LatexCommand bibitem
47852 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47854 name "Documentation"
47855 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
47859 of the LaTeX-package
47864 \begin_inset Index idx
47867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47868 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
47874 \begin_inset Newline newline
47878 \begin_inset Flex URL
47881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47883 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
47891 \begin_layout Bibliography
47892 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47893 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47894 LatexCommand bibitem
47900 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47902 name "Documentation"
47903 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47907 of the LaTeX-package
47912 \begin_inset Index idx
47915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47916 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
47922 \begin_inset Newline newline
47926 \begin_inset Flex URL
47929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47931 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
47939 \begin_layout Bibliography
47940 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47941 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47942 LatexCommand bibitem
47948 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47951 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47955 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47956 \begin_inset Newline newline
47960 \begin_inset Flex URL
47963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47965 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47973 \begin_layout Bibliography
47974 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47975 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47976 LatexCommand bibitem
47982 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47985 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47989 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47990 \begin_inset Newline newline
47994 \begin_inset Flex URL
47997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47999 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48007 \begin_layout Bibliography
48008 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48009 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48010 LatexCommand bibitem
48016 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48019 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48023 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48024 \begin_inset Newline newline
48028 \begin_inset Flex URL
48031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48033 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48041 \begin_layout Bibliography
48042 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48043 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48044 LatexCommand bibitem
48050 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48053 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48057 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48058 \begin_inset Newline newline
48062 \begin_inset Flex URL
48065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48067 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48075 \begin_layout Bibliography
48076 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48077 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48078 LatexCommand bibitem
48084 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48087 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48091 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48092 \begin_inset Newline newline
48096 \begin_inset Flex URL
48099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48101 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48109 \begin_layout Bibliography
48110 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48111 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48112 LatexCommand bibitem
48118 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48121 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48125 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48126 \begin_inset Newline newline
48130 \begin_inset Flex URL
48133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48135 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48143 \begin_layout Bibliography
48144 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48145 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48146 LatexCommand bibitem
48152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48155 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48159 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48160 \begin_inset Newline newline
48164 \begin_inset Flex URL
48167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48169 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48177 \begin_layout Bibliography
48178 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48179 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48180 LatexCommand bibitem
48186 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48189 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48193 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48194 \begin_inset Newline newline
48198 \begin_inset Flex URL
48201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48203 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48211 \begin_layout Bibliography
48212 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48213 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48214 LatexCommand bibitem
48220 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48223 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48227 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48228 \begin_inset Newline newline
48232 \begin_inset Flex URL
48235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48237 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48245 \begin_layout Bibliography
48246 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48247 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48248 LatexCommand bibitem
48254 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48257 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48261 about new features in
48266 \begin_inset Newline newline
48270 \begin_inset Flex URL
48273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48275 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48283 \begin_layout Standard
48284 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48318 \begin_inset Note Note
48321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48328 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48329 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48330 bibliography is the second one:
48338 \begin_layout Standard
48339 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48340 LatexCommand bibtex
48341 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48342 options "biblio/alphadin"
48349 \begin_layout Standard
48350 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48353 \begin_layout Standard
48354 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48355 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48361 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48362 LatexCommand printindex